TWI672341B - Coloring composition, method for producing colored composition, color filter, ink composition for inkjet, and ink composition for printing - Google Patents

Coloring composition, method for producing colored composition, color filter, ink composition for inkjet, and ink composition for printing Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TWI672341B
TWI672341B TW105104674A TW105104674A TWI672341B TW I672341 B TWI672341 B TW I672341B TW 105104674 A TW105104674 A TW 105104674A TW 105104674 A TW105104674 A TW 105104674A TW I672341 B TWI672341 B TW I672341B
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
group
pigment
resin
compound
composition according
Prior art date
Application number
TW105104674A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
TW201634596A (en
Inventor
吉林光司
留場恒光
Original Assignee
日商富士軟片股份有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 日商富士軟片股份有限公司 filed Critical 日商富士軟片股份有限公司
Publication of TW201634596A publication Critical patent/TW201634596A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TWI672341B publication Critical patent/TWI672341B/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09DCOATING COMPOSITIONS, e.g. PAINTS, VARNISHES OR LACQUERS; FILLING PASTES; CHEMICAL PAINT OR INK REMOVERS; INKS; CORRECTING FLUIDS; WOODSTAINS; PASTES OR SOLIDS FOR COLOURING OR PRINTING; USE OF MATERIALS THEREFOR
    • C09D11/00Inks
    • C09D11/02Printing inks
    • C09D11/03Printing inks characterised by features other than the chemical nature of the binder
    • C09D11/037Printing inks characterised by features other than the chemical nature of the binder characterised by the pigment
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09DCOATING COMPOSITIONS, e.g. PAINTS, VARNISHES OR LACQUERS; FILLING PASTES; CHEMICAL PAINT OR INK REMOVERS; INKS; CORRECTING FLUIDS; WOODSTAINS; PASTES OR SOLIDS FOR COLOURING OR PRINTING; USE OF MATERIALS THEREFOR
    • C09D11/00Inks
    • C09D11/02Printing inks
    • C09D11/10Printing inks based on artificial resins
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09DCOATING COMPOSITIONS, e.g. PAINTS, VARNISHES OR LACQUERS; FILLING PASTES; CHEMICAL PAINT OR INK REMOVERS; INKS; CORRECTING FLUIDS; WOODSTAINS; PASTES OR SOLIDS FOR COLOURING OR PRINTING; USE OF MATERIALS THEREFOR
    • C09D11/00Inks
    • C09D11/30Inkjet printing inks
    • C09D11/32Inkjet printing inks characterised by colouring agents
    • C09D11/322Pigment inks
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09DCOATING COMPOSITIONS, e.g. PAINTS, VARNISHES OR LACQUERS; FILLING PASTES; CHEMICAL PAINT OR INK REMOVERS; INKS; CORRECTING FLUIDS; WOODSTAINS; PASTES OR SOLIDS FOR COLOURING OR PRINTING; USE OF MATERIALS THEREFOR
    • C09D11/00Inks
    • C09D11/30Inkjet printing inks
    • C09D11/32Inkjet printing inks characterised by colouring agents
    • C09D11/324Inkjet printing inks characterised by colouring agents containing carbon black
    • C09D11/326Inkjet printing inks characterised by colouring agents containing carbon black characterised by the pigment dispersant
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/20Filters

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Materials Engineering (AREA)
  • Wood Science & Technology (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • Inks, Pencil-Leads, Or Crayons (AREA)
  • Optical Filters (AREA)
  • Pigments, Carbon Blacks, Or Wood Stains (AREA)

Abstract

本發明提供一種分散穩定性良好之著色組成物、著色組成物的製造方法、彩色濾光片、噴墨用油墨組成物及印刷用油墨組成物。本發明的著色組成物含有:在有機顏料表面的至少一部分具有金屬氧化物之顏料體;及具有選自酸性基與鹼性基中的至少一種基團之樹脂。The present invention provides a coloring composition excellent in dispersion stability, a method for producing a colored composition, a color filter, an ink composition for inkjet, and a composition for printing ink. The colored composition of the present invention contains: a pigment body having a metal oxide on at least a part of the surface of the organic pigment; and a resin having at least one group selected from the group consisting of an acidic group and a basic group.

Description

著色組成物、著色組成物的製造方法、彩色濾光片、噴墨用油墨組成物及印刷用油墨組成物Coloring composition, method for producing colored composition, color filter, ink composition for inkjet, and ink composition for printing

本發明係有關一種著色組成物。又、係有關一種著色組成物的製造方法、使用著色組成物之、彩色濾光片、噴墨用油墨組成物及印刷用油墨組成物。The present invention relates to a colored composition. Further, it relates to a method for producing a colored composition, a color filter, a color filter for inkjet, an ink composition for inkjet, and a composition for printing ink.

含有顏料之著色組成物使用於複數種用途。例如,用於彩色濾光片等的硬化膜或各種印刷物的製造等。Pigment-containing coloring compositions are used in a variety of applications. For example, it is used for the production of a cured film of a color filter or the like, various prints, and the like.

另一方面,在專利文獻1中記載有,藉由在一部與水相溶之有機溶劑中使親水性顏料與金屬醇鹽相接觸而在顏料表面施加覆膜,並將施加覆膜之顏料進行乾燥和/或燒成來製造被覆顏料。 [先前技術文獻] [專利文獻]On the other hand, Patent Document 1 discloses that a film is applied to a surface of a pigment by bringing a hydrophilic pigment into contact with a metal alkoxide in an organic solvent compatible with water, and a pigment for applying the film is applied. Drying and/or firing is carried out to produce a coated pigment. [Prior Technical Literature] [Patent Literature]

【專利文獻1】:日本特開昭63-113080號公報[Patent Document 1]: JP-A-63-113080

近年來,在色度、對比度等方面,對彩色濾光片要求較高的顏色特性。針對該種要求,需要在穩定狀態下將著色組成物中所含的顏料進行分散(較佳的分散穩定性)。In recent years, color filters are required to have high color characteristics in terms of chromaticity, contrast, and the like. In response to such a demand, it is necessary to disperse the pigment contained in the colored composition in a stable state (preferably, dispersion stability).

然而,由於顏料的表面狀態不同,因此用於顏料分散的樹脂和分散條件等不同。例如,隨著分散時間的經過,將顏料粒子進行疏鬆或微細化至接近初級粒子狀態,藉此分散性提高,但若進一步持續地進行分散,則存在被微細化之粒子凝聚而分散性逐漸降低(一般情況下會增稠)之趨勢。如此,分散時間過短或過長都會導致分散性降低。藉此,針對每一顏料,存在選定樹脂等或調整分散時間等時需要時間之趨勢。However, since the surface state of the pigment is different, the resin used for pigment dispersion differs from the dispersion conditions and the like. For example, as the dispersion time elapses, the pigment particles are loosened or refined to a state close to the primary particles, whereby the dispersibility is improved. However, if the dispersion is further continued, the fine particles are aggregated and the dispersibility is gradually lowered. (Generally thickening) trend. Thus, too short or too long a dispersion time will result in a decrease in dispersibility. Therefore, for each pigment, there is a tendency to take time when a resin or the like is selected or the dispersion time is adjusted.

又,為了調整分光等,著色組成物有時含有複數種顏料。含複數種顏料之著色組成物的製造方法有如下方法:例如,按每一顏料混合顏料、樹脂、及溶劑等來製備顏料分散液,並將所得到之顏料分散液進行混合來製造之方法;及同時混合(分散)複數種顏料、樹脂、及溶劑來製造之方法。 然而,前一方法中,根據顏料分散液的不同組合,有時存在混合顏料分散液時會產生凝聚,或黏度上升之情況,存在分散穩定性不夠充分之情況。 又,後一方法中,根據顏料的表面狀態分散條件的最佳範圍不同,因此依各顏料的分散均衡之偏差,存在分散穩定性不夠充分之情況、製造適當範圍狹窄等問題。Further, in order to adjust the spectroscopic or the like, the colored composition may contain a plurality of pigments. A method for producing a colored composition containing a plurality of kinds of pigments is a method of preparing a pigment dispersion liquid by mixing a pigment, a resin, a solvent, or the like with each pigment, and mixing the obtained pigment dispersion liquid; And a method of simultaneously mixing (dispersing) a plurality of kinds of pigments, resins, and solvents. However, in the former method, depending on the combination of the pigment dispersion liquids, aggregation may occur when the pigment dispersion liquid is mixed, or the viscosity may increase, and the dispersion stability may be insufficient. Further, in the latter method, depending on the optimum range of the dispersion conditions of the surface state of the pigment, there are problems in that the dispersion stability is insufficient due to variations in the dispersion balance of the respective pigments, and the production range is narrow.

另一方面,專利文獻1中,無有關顏料的分散穩定性的研究或啟示。On the other hand, in Patent Document 1, there is no research or suggestion regarding the dispersion stability of the pigment.

藉此,本發明的目的為提供一種分散穩定性良好之著色組成物、著色組成物的製造方法、彩色濾光片、噴墨用油墨組成物及印刷用油墨組成物。Accordingly, an object of the present invention is to provide a coloring composition excellent in dispersion stability, a method for producing a colored composition, a color filter, an ink composition for inkjet, and a composition for printing ink.

依本發明者等的研究,發現含有在有機顏料表面的至少一部分具有金屬氧化物之顏料體、及具有選自酸性基與鹼性基中的至少一種基團之樹脂之著色組成物中顏料體的分散穩定性良好,並完成了本發明。本發明提供以下。 <1>一種著色組成物,其含有:在有機顏料表面的至少一部分具有金屬氧化物之顏料體;及具有選自酸性基與鹼性基中的至少一種基團之樹脂。 <2>如<1>所述之著色組成物,其中金屬氧化物係選自Si、Al、Zr及In中之1種以上的元素的氧化物。 <3>如<1>所述之著色組成物,其中金屬氧化物係Si的氧化物。 <4>如<1>~<3>中任一項所述之著色組成物,其中樹脂含有接枝共聚物。 <5>如<1>~<4>中任一項所述之著色組成物,其中相對於有機顏料100質量份,顏料體具有1~25質量份的金屬氧化物。 <6>如<1>~<5>中任一項所述之著色組成物,含有2種以上的顏料體,2種以上的顏料體含有互相不同之有機顏料。 <7>如<1>~<6>中任一項所述之著色組成物,含有2種以上的顏料體,各顏料體所具有之金屬氧化物含有相同之金屬原子。 <8>如<1>~<7>中任一項所述之著色組成物,其中樹脂含有2種以上的酸性樹脂,或含有2種以上的鹼性樹脂。 <9>如<1>~<8>中任一項所述之著色組成物,其中樹脂含有2種以上的溶解度參數之差為6(J/cm30.5 以下之樹脂。 <10>如<1>~<9>中任一項所述之著色組成物,進一步含有聚合性化合物。 <11>如<10>所述之著色組成物,進一步含有光聚合起始劑。 <12>如<1>~<11>中任一項所述之著色組成物,進一步含有溶劑。 <13>一種著色組成物的製造方法,其包括在樹脂的存在下,分散2種以上的顏料體之步驟,前述樹脂具有選自酸性基與鹼性基中的至少一種基團,該顏料體的有機顏料表面的至少一部分被覆有金屬氧化物。 <14>一種彩色濾光片,使用<1>~<12>中任一項所述之著色組成物。 <15>一種噴墨用油墨組成物,使用<1>~<12>中任一項所述之著色組成物。 <16>一種印刷用油墨組成物,使用<1>~<12>中任一項所述之著色組成物。According to the study by the inventors of the present invention, it has been found that a pigment body containing a pigment body having at least a part of a surface of an organic pigment having a metal oxide and a resin having at least one group selected from an acidic group and a basic group is used. The dispersion stability is good and the present invention has been completed. The present invention provides the following. <1> A colored composition comprising: a pigment body having a metal oxide on at least a part of the surface of the organic pigment; and a resin having at least one selected from the group consisting of an acidic group and a basic group. <2> The colored composition according to <1>, wherein the metal oxide is an oxide of one or more elements selected from the group consisting of Si, Al, Zr, and In. <3> The colored composition according to <1>, wherein the metal oxide is an oxide of Si. The colored composition according to any one of <1> to <3> wherein the resin contains a graft copolymer. The colored composition according to any one of <1> to <4>, wherein the pigment body has 1 to 25 parts by mass of the metal oxide based on 100 parts by mass of the organic pigment. <6> The colored composition according to any one of <1> to <5>, which contains two or more kinds of pigment bodies, and two or more types of pigment bodies contain mutually different organic pigments. The colored composition according to any one of <1> to <6>, which contains two or more kinds of pigment bodies, and the metal oxide of each pigment body contains the same metal atom. The colored composition according to any one of <1> to <7> wherein the resin contains two or more kinds of acidic resins or two or more kinds of basic resins. The colored composition according to any one of <1> to <8> wherein the resin contains two or more kinds of resins having a difference in solubility parameter of 6 (J/cm 3 ) 0.5 or less. The colored composition according to any one of <1> to <9>, further comprising a polymerizable compound. <11> The colored composition according to <10>, further comprising a photopolymerization initiator. The colored composition according to any one of <1> to <11>, further comprising a solvent. <13> A method for producing a colored composition, comprising the step of dispersing two or more kinds of pigment bodies in the presence of a resin, the resin having at least one selected from the group consisting of an acidic group and a basic group, the pigment body At least a portion of the surface of the organic pigment is coated with a metal oxide. <14> A color filter according to any one of <1> to <12>. <15> A coloring composition according to any one of <1> to <12>. <16> A coloring composition according to any one of <1> to <12>, wherein the printing ink composition is used.

依本發明,能夠提供一種分散穩定性良好之著色組成物、著色組成物的製造方法、彩色濾光片、噴墨用油墨組成物及印刷用油墨組成物。According to the present invention, it is possible to provide a coloring composition excellent in dispersion stability, a method for producing a colored composition, a color filter, an ink composition for inkjet, and a composition for printing ink.

以下,對本發明的內容進行詳細說明。在本說明書中之基團(原子團)的標記中,未標註取代以及無取代之標記係,含有不具有取代基之基團,並且還含有具有取代基之基團。例如“烷基”係指不僅含有不具有取代基之烷基(無取代烷基)而且亦含有具有取代基(取代烷基)之烷基。 本說明書中,“曝光”,只要沒有特別的指明,則不僅使用光之曝光,使用電子束、離子束等粒子束之描畫亦含有於曝光中。又,作為使用於曝光之光,通常可舉出水銀燈的明線光譜、以準分子雷射代表之遠紫外線、極紫外線(EUV光)、X射線、電子束等活性光線或放射線。 在本說明書中,由“~”表示之數值範圍係指將“~”的前後所記載之數值作為下限值以及上限值而包括在內之範圍。 在本說明書中,總固體成分係指從著色組成物的總體組成中去除溶劑之後的成分的總質量。 在本說明書中,“(甲基)丙烯酸酯”表示丙烯酸酯以及丙烯酸甲酯兩者或任一者,“(甲基)丙烯酸”表示丙烯酸以及甲基丙烯酸兩者或任一者,“(甲基)烯丙基”表示烯丙基以及甲基烯丙基兩者或任一者,“(甲基)丙烯醯基”表示丙烯醯基以及甲基丙烯醯基兩者或任一者。 在本說明書中,聚合性化合物係指具有聚合性官能基之化合物。聚合性官能基係指參與聚合反應之基團。 在本說明書中,“步驟”這一術語不僅係只包括獨立步驟之術語,而且係指即使在無法與其他步驟明確地區別的情況下,只要能夠實現該步驟的所期待的作用之操作之術語,則亦含有於本術語中。 在本說明書中,重均分子量以及數均分子量被定義為藉由凝膠滲透色譜法(GPC)進行測定而獲得之聚苯乙烯換算值。 本發明中所使用之有機顏料係指不易溶解於溶劑之不溶性色素化合物。典型地,係指以作為粒子分散於組成物中之狀態存在之色素化合物。其中,溶劑可舉出任意的溶劑,例如可舉出後述之溶劑欄中例示之溶劑。本發明中所使用之有機顏料例如相對於25℃的丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯100g之溶解量、以及相對於25℃的水100g之溶解量均為0.1g以下為較佳。Hereinafter, the contents of the present invention will be described in detail. In the label of the group (atomic group) in the present specification, a substituted or unsubstituted labeling system, a group having no substituent, and a group having a substituent are also included. For example, "alkyl" means an alkyl group having not only an alkyl group having no substituent (unsubstituted alkyl group) but also having a substituent (substituted alkyl group). In the present specification, "exposure" is not limited to light exposure, and drawing using a particle beam such as an electron beam or an ion beam is also included in the exposure. Further, examples of the light used for exposure include an open line spectrum of a mercury lamp, an extraordinary ultraviolet light represented by an excimer laser, an extreme ultraviolet ray (EUV light), an X-ray, an electron beam, or the like, or radiation. In the present specification, the numerical range represented by "to" means a range including the numerical values described before and after "~" as the lower limit and the upper limit. In the present specification, the total solid content means the total mass of the components after removing the solvent from the overall composition of the coloring composition. In the present specification, "(meth) acrylate" means either or both of acrylate and methyl acrylate, and "(meth)acrylic acid" means either or both of acrylic acid and methacrylic acid, "(A) The "allyl" group means either or both of an allyl group and a methallyl group, and "(meth)acryloyl group" means either or both of an acryloyl group and a methacryl group. In the present specification, a polymerizable compound means a compound having a polymerizable functional group. The polymerizable functional group refers to a group that participates in the polymerization reaction. In this specification, the term "step" is not only a term that includes only independent steps, but also a term that refers to an operation that can achieve the desired effect of the step even if it cannot be clearly distinguished from other steps. , is also included in this term. In the present specification, the weight average molecular weight and the number average molecular weight are defined as polystyrene equivalent values obtained by measurement by gel permeation chromatography (GPC). The organic pigment used in the present invention means an insoluble pigment compound which is not easily dissolved in a solvent. Typically, it means a pigment compound which exists as a state in which particles are dispersed in a composition. In addition, the solvent is exemplified by any solvent, and examples thereof include a solvent exemplified in a solvent column to be described later. The organic pigment used in the present invention is preferably, for example, a dissolved amount of 100 g of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate at 25 ° C and a dissolved amount of 100 g with respect to water at 25 ° C of 0.1 g or less.

<著色組成物> 本發明的著色組成物含有在有機顏料表面的至少一部分具有金屬氧化物之顏料體、及具有選自酸性基與鹼性基中的至少一種基團之樹脂。 本發明的著色組成物藉由設為上述構成,能夠設為分散穩定性良好之著色組成物。 又,有機顏料中,藉由紫外線照射存在有機顏料的劣化(由單重態氧或三重態氧導致之氧化)易進展之趨勢,但在該顏料體中,在有機顏料表面的至少一部分具有金屬氧化物,因此耐光性優異。 又,該顏料體中,在有機顏料表面的至少一部分具有金屬氧化物,因此能夠使有機顏料的表面狀態大致相同,而不依存於有機顏料的種類。藉此,即使未基於有機顏料的種類來對使用於顏料體的分散中的樹脂等、或顏料體的分散條件等進行變更,亦能夠設為分散穩定性優異之著色組成物。進而,即使將複數種顏料體同時進行分散,亦不易產生各顏料體的分散進展之差,並能夠設為分散穩定性優異之著色組成物。 以下,對本發明進行詳細說明。<Coloring Composition> The coloring composition of the present invention contains a pigment body having a metal oxide on at least a part of the surface of the organic pigment, and a resin having at least one selected from the group consisting of an acidic group and a basic group. The coloring composition of the present invention has the above-described configuration, and can be a coloring composition having excellent dispersion stability. Further, in the organic pigment, the deterioration of the organic pigment (oxidation by singlet oxygen or triplet oxygen) tends to progress by ultraviolet irradiation, but in the pigment body, at least a part of the surface of the organic pigment has metal oxidation. Therefore, it is excellent in light resistance. Further, in the pigment body, since at least a part of the surface of the organic pigment has a metal oxide, the surface state of the organic pigment can be made substantially the same regardless of the type of the organic pigment. In this way, the coloring composition excellent in dispersion stability can be obtained by changing the resin or the like used in the dispersion of the pigment body or the dispersion condition of the pigment body without depending on the type of the organic pigment. Further, even if a plurality of pigment bodies are simultaneously dispersed, the difference in dispersion progress of each pigment body is less likely to occur, and a coloring composition excellent in dispersion stability can be obtained. Hereinafter, the present invention will be described in detail.

<<顏料體>> 本發明的著色組成物含有在有機顏料表面的至少一部分具有金屬氧化物之顏料體。 作為具有顏料體之有機顏料,可舉出以往公知之複數種有機顏料。例如,可舉出以下有機顏料。但本發明並不限定於該些有機顏料。 彩色指數(C.I.)顏料黃1、2、3、4、5、6、10、11、12、13、14、15、16、17、18、20、24、31、32、34、35、35:1、36、36:1、37、37:1、40、42、43、53、55、60、61、62、63、65、73、74、77、81、83、86、93、94、95、97、98、100、101、104、106、108、109、110、113、114、115、116、117、118、119、120、123、125、126、127、128、129、137、138、139、147、148、150、151、152、153、154、155、156、161、162、164、166、167、168、169、170、171、172、173、174、175、176、177、179、180、181、182、185、187、188、193、194、199、213、214等, C.I.顏料橙2、5、13、16、17:1、31、34、36、38、43、46、48、49、51、52、55、59、60、61、62、64、71、73等, C.I.顏料紅1、2、3、4、5、6、7、9、10、14、17、22、23、31、38、41、48:1、48:2、48:3、48:4、49、49:1、49:2、52:1、52:2、53:1、57:1、60:1、63:1、66、67、81:1、81:2、81:3、83、88、90、105、112、119、122、123、144、146、149、150、155、166、168、169、170、171、172、175、176、177、178、179、184、185、187、188、190、200、202、206、207、208、209、210、216、220、224、226、242、246、254、255、264、270、272、279, C.I.顏料綠7、10、36、37、58、59, C.I.顏料紫1、19、23、27、32、37、42, C.I.顏料藍1、2、15、15:1、15:2、15:3、15:4、15:6、16、22、60、64、66、79、80, C.I.顏料黑1。 又,作為有機顏料可以使用日本特開2013-040240號公報的段落號0027~0118中所記載之偶氮顏料。 又,作為藍色顏料可以使用具有磷原子之鋁酞菁化合物。作為具體例可舉出日本特開2012-247591號公報的段落號0022~0030、日本特開2011-157478號公報的段落號0047中所記載的化合物等。<<Pellet body>> The coloring composition of the present invention contains a pigment body having a metal oxide on at least a part of the surface of the organic pigment. Examples of the organic pigment having a pigment body include a plurality of conventionally known organic pigments. For example, the following organic pigments are mentioned. However, the invention is not limited to these organic pigments. Color Index (CI) Pigment Yellow 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 20, 24, 31, 32, 34, 35, 35 : 1, 36, 36: 1, 37, 37: 1, 40, 42, 43, 53, 55, 60, 61, 62, 63, 65, 73, 74, 77, 81, 83, 86, 93, 94 , 95, 97, 98, 100, 101, 104, 106, 108, 109, 110, 113, 114, 115, 116, 117, 118, 119, 120, 123, 125, 126, 127, 128, 129, 137 , 138, 139, 147, 148, 150, 151, 152, 153, 154, 155, 156, 161, 162, 164, 166, 167, 168, 169, 170, 171, 172, 173, 174, 175, 176 , 177, 179, 180, 181, 182, 185, 187, 188, 193, 194, 199, 213, 214, etc., CI Pigment Orange 2, 5, 13, 16, 17: 1, 31, 34, 36, 38 , 43, 46, 48, 49, 51, 52, 55, 59, 60, 61, 62, 64, 71, 73, etc., CI Pigment Red 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 9, 10 , 14, 17, 22, 23, 31, 38, 41, 48:1, 48:2, 48:3, 48:4, 49, 49:1, 49:2, 52:1, 52:2, 53 : 1, 57: 1, 60: 1, 63: 1, 66, 67, 81: 1, 81: 2, 81: 3, 83, 88, 90, 105, 112, 119, 122, 123, 144, 146, 149, 150, 155, 166, 168, 169, 170, 171, 172, 175, 176, 177, 178, 179, 184, 185, 187, 188, 190, 200, 202, 206,207,208,209,210,216,220,224,226,242,246,254,255,264,270,272,279, CI Pigment Green 7, 10, 36, 37, 58, 59, CI Pigment Violet 1, 19, 23, 27, 32, 37, 42, CI Pigment Blue 1, 2, 15, 15:1, 15:2, 15:3, 15:4, 15:6, 16, 22, 60 , 64, 66, 79, 80, CI Pigment Black 1. Further, as the organic pigment, the azo pigment described in paragraphs 0027 to 0118 of JP-A-2013-040240 can be used. Further, as the blue pigment, an aluminum phthalocyanine compound having a phosphorus atom can be used. Specific examples include the compounds described in paragraphs 0022 to 0030 of JP-A-2012-247591 and paragraph 0047 of JP-A-2011-157478.

本發明中,顏料體具有金屬氧化物。另外,本發明中,將金屬氧化物設為除了金屬原子氧化物,還含有半金屬原子氧化物。半金屬原子係表示金屬與非金屬之間的中間性質之原子,可舉出B、Si、Ge、As、Sb。 本發明中,金屬氧化物係含有選自Si、Al、Zr及In中之1種以上的元素之氧化物為較佳,係含有選自Si、Al及Zr中之1種以上的元素之氧化物為較佳,含有Si的氧化物為更佳,係Si的氧化物為特佳。依該方案,能夠進一步提高分散穩定性。並且,能夠進一步提高有機顏料的耐光性。作為Si的氧化物可舉出SiO2In the present invention, the pigment body has a metal oxide. Further, in the present invention, the metal oxide is made to contain a semimetal atom oxide in addition to the metal atom oxide. The semimetal atom system represents an atom having an intermediate property between a metal and a nonmetal, and examples thereof include B, Si, Ge, As, and Sb. In the present invention, the metal oxide is preferably an oxide containing one or more elements selected from the group consisting of Si, Al, Zr, and In, and contains an oxidation of one or more elements selected from the group consisting of Si, Al, and Zr. Preferably, the oxide containing Si is more preferable, and the oxide of Si is particularly preferable. According to this scheme, the dispersion stability can be further improved. Further, the light resistance of the organic pigment can be further improved. As the Si oxide may include SiO 2.

對有機顏料100質量份,顏料體具有1~25質量份之金屬氧化物為較佳。上限為25質量份以下為較佳,20質量份以下為更佳,15質量份以下進一步較佳。下限為1質量份以上為較佳,5質量份以上為更佳。金屬氧化物的含量在上述範圍內,則能夠得到優異的分散穩定性。It is preferred that the pigment body has 1 to 25 parts by mass of the metal oxide per 100 parts by mass of the organic pigment. The upper limit is preferably 25 parts by mass or less, more preferably 20 parts by mass or less, still more preferably 15 parts by mass or less. The lower limit is preferably 1 part by mass or more, more preferably 5 parts by mass or more. When the content of the metal oxide is within the above range, excellent dispersion stability can be obtained.

顏料體中,有機顏料的表面被金屬氧化物完全被覆為較佳,但有機顏料的表面一部分可以暴露在外。 金屬氧化物的被覆率為50~100%為較佳,80~100%為更佳。被覆率在上述範圍內,則能夠得到優異的分散穩定性。另外,金屬氧化物的被覆率係藉由透射電子顯微鏡(TEM)觀察方法進行測定之值。In the pigment body, it is preferred that the surface of the organic pigment is completely coated with the metal oxide, but a part of the surface of the organic pigment may be exposed. The coverage of the metal oxide is preferably from 50 to 100%, more preferably from 80 to 100%. When the coverage is within the above range, excellent dispersion stability can be obtained. Further, the coverage of the metal oxide is a value measured by a transmission electron microscope (TEM) observation method.

本發明的著色組成物可含有1種顏料體,亦可含有2種以上的顏料體。 當含有2種以上的顏料體時,2種以上的顏料體中含有互相不同的有機顏料為較佳。又,各顏料體中所具有之金屬氧化物含有相同之金屬原子為較佳,含有含有於金屬氧化物之總金屬原子的5質量%以上的相同之金屬原子為更佳,含有8~100質量%為特佳。金屬氧化物的組成可藉由X線光電子能譜(ESCA)進行測定。 又,各顏料體都含有Si的氧化物為較佳。The colored composition of the present invention may contain one type of pigment body or may contain two or more types of pigment bodies. When two or more types of pigment bodies are contained, it is preferable that two or more types of pigment bodies contain mutually different organic pigments. Further, it is preferable that the metal oxide contained in each of the pigment bodies contains the same metal atom, and it is more preferable to contain the same metal atom of 5% by mass or more of the total metal atom of the metal oxide, and it is preferably from 8 to 100% by mass. % is especially good. The composition of the metal oxide can be determined by X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy (ESCA). Further, it is preferred that each of the pigment bodies contains an oxide of Si.

顏料體的平均粒徑為20~500nm為較佳,30~100nm為更佳。 又,使用本發明的著色組成物來形成彩色濾光片時,顏料體的平均粒徑為30~80nm為較佳,40~60nm為更佳。 又,將本發明的著色組成物使用於噴墨用油墨組成物或印刷用油墨組成物時,顏料體的平均粒徑為80~500nm為較佳,100~200nm為更佳。 顏料體的平均粒徑在上述範圍內,則顯色性為良好,進一步與基材之間的親和度良好。 另外,本發明中,顏料體的平均粒徑係指一粒顏料體的粒徑的平均值。藉由掃描型電子顯微鏡(SEM)或透射型電子顯微鏡(TEM)進行觀察,計策測量100個顏料體的粒子尺寸,並計算平均值,藉此能夠求出平均粒徑。The average particle diameter of the pigment body is preferably from 20 to 500 nm, more preferably from 30 to 100 nm. Further, when the color filter is formed using the colored composition of the present invention, the average particle diameter of the pigment body is preferably from 30 to 80 nm, more preferably from 40 to 60 nm. Further, when the coloring composition of the present invention is used for an ink composition for inkjet or a composition for printing ink, the average particle diameter of the pigment body is preferably from 80 to 500 nm, more preferably from 100 to 200 nm. When the average particle diameter of the pigment body is within the above range, the color rendering property is good, and the affinity with the substrate is good. Further, in the present invention, the average particle diameter of the pigment body means the average value of the particle diameters of one pigment body. Observation by a scanning electron microscope (SEM) or a transmission electron microscope (TEM) measures the particle size of 100 pigment bodies and calculates an average value, whereby the average particle diameter can be obtained.

相對於著色組成物中的總固體成分,顏料體的含量為2~80質量%為較佳。下限為2質量%以上為較佳,5質量%以上更為佳。上限為80質量%以下為較佳。本發明的著色組成物含有2種以上的顏料體時,合計成為上述範圍為較佳。The content of the pigment body is preferably from 2 to 80% by mass based on the total solid content in the coloring composition. The lower limit is preferably 2% by mass or more, more preferably 5% by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 80% by mass or less. When the coloring composition of the present invention contains two or more kinds of pigment bodies, the total range is preferably in the above range.

本發明中所使用之顏料體,例如能夠藉由在有機顏料的表面對金屬醇鹽進行加水分解及縮合而製造。亦即,藉由在有機顏料的表面對金屬醇鹽進行加水分解及縮合,在有機顏料的表面形成金屬醇鹽的分解物之覆膜(金屬氧化物)。The pigment body used in the present invention can be produced, for example, by hydrolyzing and condensing a metal alkoxide on the surface of an organic pigment. That is, a film (metal oxide) of a decomposition product of a metal alkoxide is formed on the surface of the organic pigment by hydrolyzing and condensing the metal alkoxide on the surface of the organic pigment.

作為金屬醇鹽,可舉出矽醇鹽、醇鹽鋯、烷醇鋁等。作為矽醇鹽的具體例,可舉出二甲基二甲氧基矽烷、二甲基二乙氧基矽烷、二苯基二甲氧基矽烷、二苯基二乙氧基矽烷、甲基苯基二甲氧基矽烷、甲基三甲氧基矽烷、甲基三乙氧基矽烷、甲基三正丙氧基矽烷、甲基三異丙氧基矽烷、甲基三正丁氧基矽烷、甲基三異丁氧基矽烷、甲基三第三丁氧基矽烷、乙基三甲氧基矽烷、乙基三乙氧基矽烷、己基三甲氧基矽烷、十八烷基三甲氧基矽烷、十八烷基三乙氧基矽烷、苯基三甲氧基矽烷、苯基三乙氧基矽烷、苯基三異丙氧基矽烷、四甲氧基矽烷、四乙氧基矽烷、四正丙氧基矽烷、四異丙氧基矽烷、四正丁氧基矽烷、四異丁氧基矽烷、四第三丁氧基矽烷等。作為醇鹽鋯的具體例,可舉出四乙氧基鋯、四丁氧基鋯等。作為烷醇鋁的的具體例,可舉出三乙氧基鋁、三異丙氧基鋁等。金屬醇鹽可單獨僅使用1種,亦可併用2種以上。Examples of the metal alkoxide include a decyl alkoxide, an alkoxide zirconium, and an aluminum alkoxide. Specific examples of the decyl alkoxide include dimethyl dimethoxy decane, dimethyl diethoxy decane, diphenyl dimethoxy decane, diphenyl diethoxy decane, and methyl benzene. Dimethoxy decane, methyl trimethoxy decane, methyl triethoxy decane, methyl tri-n-propoxy decane, methyl triisopropoxy decane, methyl tri-n-butoxy decane, Triisobutoxy oxane, methyl tri-tert-butoxy decane, ethyl trimethoxy decane, ethyl triethoxy decane, hexyl trimethoxy decane, octadecyl trimethoxy decane, eighteen Alkyl triethoxy decane, phenyl trimethoxy decane, phenyl triethoxy decane, phenyl triisopropoxy decane, tetramethoxy decane, tetraethoxy decane, tetra-n-propoxy decane And tetraisopropoxy decane, tetra-n-butoxy decane, tetraisobutoxy decane, tetra-butoxy decane, and the like. Specific examples of the alkoxide zirconium include tetraethoxyzirconium, tetrabutoxyzirconium, and the like. Specific examples of the aluminum alkoxide include triethoxy aluminum, aluminum triisopropoxide, and the like. The metal alkoxide may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

金屬醇鹽的加水分解反應及縮合反應能夠使用公知的方法。根據需要可使用觸媒。A known method can be used for the hydrolysis reaction and the condensation reaction of the metal alkoxide. Catalysts can be used as needed.

作為觸媒,可舉出酸、酸、鹼等。作為酸,例如可舉出舉硝酸、草酸、乙酸、甲酸、鹽酸,硼酸、磷酸等。作為鹼,例如可舉出胺、三乙胺、乙二胺等。 觸媒的使用量並無特別的限定,但相對於金屬醇鹽100質量份為0.1~2.0質量份為較佳。觸媒可單獨僅使用1種,亦可併用2種以上。Examples of the catalyst include an acid, an acid, a base, and the like. Examples of the acid include nitric acid, oxalic acid, acetic acid, formic acid, hydrochloric acid, boric acid, and phosphoric acid. Examples of the base include an amine, triethylamine, ethylenediamine, and the like. The amount of the catalyst used is not particularly limited, but is preferably 0.1 to 2.0 parts by mass based on 100 parts by mass of the metal alkoxide. The catalyst may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

加水分解反應及縮合反應的反應體系中,根據需要可添加溶劑。作為溶劑,只需能夠實施加水分解反應及縮合反應則並無特別的限制,但使用例如水或後述之有機溶劑為較佳。In the reaction system to which the hydrolysis reaction and the condensation reaction are added, a solvent may be added as needed. The solvent is not particularly limited as long as it can carry out the hydrolysis reaction and the condensation reaction, but it is preferred to use, for example, water or an organic solvent to be described later.

加水分解反應及縮合反應的條件(溫度、時間)可依所使用的材料的種類適當選擇最佳條件。 例如,反應溫度為100~300℃為較佳,150~250℃為更佳。 反應時間為1~20小時為較佳,2~5小時為更佳。 上述反應在除去藉由對金屬醇鹽進行加水分解而生成之乙醇的同時進行為較佳。The conditions (temperature, time) of the hydrolysis reaction and the condensation reaction can be appropriately selected depending on the kind of the material to be used. For example, the reaction temperature is preferably from 100 to 300 ° C, more preferably from 150 to 250 ° C. The reaction time is preferably from 1 to 20 hours, more preferably from 2 to 5 hours. The above reaction is preferably carried out while removing the ethanol formed by hydrolyzing the metal alkoxide.

結束上述反應之後進行乾燥為較佳。乾燥溫度為80℃以下為較佳,60℃以下為更佳。下限並無特別的限定,但例如為50℃以上為較佳,30℃以上為更佳。It is preferred to carry out drying after completion of the above reaction. The drying temperature is preferably 80 ° C or less, more preferably 60 ° C or less. The lower limit is not particularly limited, but is preferably 50° C. or higher, and more preferably 30° C. or higher.

<<其他著色劑>> 本發明的著色組成物可含有上述之顏料體以外的著色劑(以下稱為“其他著色劑”)。其他著色劑可較佳地使用任意顏料、染料,染料為更佳。<<Other Coloring Agent>> The coloring composition of the present invention may contain a coloring agent other than the above-described pigment body (hereinafter referred to as "another coloring agent"). Other colorants may preferably be any pigment, dye, or dye.

作為顏料,能夠使用以往公知之複數種無機顏料或有機顏料。作為無機顏料,可舉出金屬氧化物、以金屬錯鹽等表示之金屬化合物或碳黑。作為金屬化合物,具體可舉出鉄、鈷、鋁、鎘、鉛、銅、鈦、鎂、鉻、鋅、銻等的金屬氧化物以及金屬的複合氧化物。作為有機顏料,可舉出在上述顏料體中進行說明者。As the pigment, a plurality of conventionally known inorganic pigments or organic pigments can be used. Examples of the inorganic pigment include a metal oxide, a metal compound represented by a metal salt or the like, or carbon black. Specific examples of the metal compound include metal oxides such as ruthenium, cobalt, aluminum, cadmium, lead, copper, titanium, magnesium, chromium, zinc, and ruthenium, and composite oxides of metals. The organic pigment is described in the above pigment body.

作為染料並無特別的限制,能夠使用公知的染料。例如能夠使用日本特開昭64-90403號公報、日本特開昭64-91102號公報、日本特開平1-94301號公報、日本特開平6-11614號公報、日本特登2592207號、美國專利4808501號說明書、美國專利5667920號說明書、美國專利505950號說明書、美國專利5667920號說明書、日本特開平5-333207號公報、日本特開平6-35183號公報、日本特開平6-51115號公報、日本特開平6-194828號公報等中公開之染料。作為化學結構,能夠使用吡唑偶氮系、吡咯亞甲基系、苯胺基偶氮系、三芳基甲烷系、蒽醌系、亞芐基系、氧雜菁系、吡唑並三唑偶氮系、吡啶酮偶氮系、花青系、吩噻嗪系、吡咯並吡唑偶氮次甲基(pyrrolo pyrazole azomethine)系等染料。The dye is not particularly limited, and a known dye can be used. For example, JP-A-64-90403, JP-A-64-91102, JP-A-1-94301, JP-A-6-11614, JP-A No. 2592207, and US Pat. No. 4,808,501 can be used. No. 5,676,920, U.S. Patent No. 5,567,920, U.S. Patent No. 5,505,950, U.S. Patent No. 5,567,920, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. Hei No. Hei No. Hei No. Hei No. Hei No. Hei No. Hei. The dye disclosed in Kaikai No. 6-194928 or the like. As the chemical structure, a pyrazole azo type, a pyrromethene type, an anilino azo type, a triarylmethane type, an anthraquinone type, a benzylidene type, an oxaphthalocyanine type, a pyrazolotriazole azo can be used. A dye such as a pyridone azo azo, a cyanine, a phenothiazine or a pyrrolopyrazole azomethine.

又,作為其他著色劑,能夠使用日本特開2013-54339號公報的段落號0011~0034中所記載之喹酞酮化合物、日本特開2014-26228號公報的段落號0013~0058中所記載之喹酞酮化合物。 又,作為其他著色劑可以使用色素多聚物。色素多聚物為溶解於溶劑而使用之染料為較佳,但亦可以形成粒子。色素多聚物為粒子時,將色素多聚物分散在溶劑等中來使用。粒子狀態的色素多聚物例如能夠藉由乳液聚合來得到。作為具體例,例如可舉出日本特開2015-214682號公報中所記載之化合物及製造方法。又,色素多聚物能夠使用日本特開2011-213925號公報、日本特開2013-041097號公報、日本特開2015-028144號公報、日本特開2015-030742號公報等中所記載之化合物。In addition, as the other coloring agent, the quinophthalone compound described in paragraphs 0011 to 0034 of JP-A-2013-54339, and the paragraph number 0013 to 0:58 of JP-A-2014-26228 can be used. Quinone compound. Further, a dye polymer can be used as another coloring agent. The dye polymer is preferably a dye used for dissolving in a solvent, but may also form particles. When the dye polymer is a particle, the dye polymer is dispersed in a solvent or the like and used. The pigment multimer in a particulate state can be obtained, for example, by emulsion polymerization. Specific examples thereof include a compound and a production method described in JP-A-2015-214682. In addition, the compound described in the above-mentioned Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. JP-A No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei.

本發明的著色組成物含有其他著色劑時,相對於上述顏料體與其他著色劑的合計質量,其他著色劑的含量為1.0~80質量%為較佳,2.0~70質量%為更佳。 又,本發明的著色組成物實質上可不含其他著色劑。實質上不含其他著色劑係指,例如相對於顏料體100質量份,能夠將其他著色劑的含量設為0.1質量份以下,亦能夠設為0.05質量份以下,亦可不含有其他著色劑。When the coloring composition of the present invention contains another coloring agent, the content of the other coloring agent is preferably 1.0 to 80% by mass, more preferably 2.0 to 70% by mass, based on the total mass of the pigment body and the other coloring agent. Further, the colored composition of the present invention may be substantially free of other coloring agents. For example, the content of the other coloring agent can be 0.1 parts by mass or less, or 0.05 parts by mass or less, or may not contain other coloring agents, for example, with respect to 100 parts by mass of the pigment body.

<<樹脂>> 本發明的著色組成物含有樹脂。並且,本發明中,作為樹脂使用具有選自酸性基及鹼性基中的至少一種基團之樹脂(以下亦稱為樹脂A)之樹脂。作為樹脂A所具有之酸性基,例如可舉出羧基、磷酸基、磺酸基、酚羥基等。作為樹脂A所具有之鹼性基可舉出胺基等。本發明的著色組成物含有上述樹脂A,藉此能夠將上述之顏料體的分散穩定性設為良好。 又,本發明中,作為樹脂能夠進一步使用不具有酸性基及鹼性基之樹脂(其他樹脂)。 另外,主要將用於分散顏料等的著色劑之樹脂稱為分散劑。但是,樹脂的該種用途只是一例,還能夠用於除了該種用途以外的目的中。<<Resin>> The coloring composition of the present invention contains a resin. In the present invention, a resin having a resin (hereinafter also referred to as Resin A) having at least one selected from the group consisting of an acidic group and a basic group is used as the resin. Examples of the acidic group of the resin A include a carboxyl group, a phosphoric acid group, a sulfonic acid group, and a phenolic hydroxyl group. The basic group which the resin A has may be an amine group or the like. The colored composition of the present invention contains the above-mentioned resin A, whereby the dispersion stability of the above-described pigment body can be made good. Further, in the present invention, a resin (other resin) which does not have an acidic group and a basic group can be further used as the resin. Further, a resin mainly used to disperse a coloring agent such as a pigment is referred to as a dispersing agent. However, such use of the resin is only an example and can be used for purposes other than such use.

本發明中,樹脂的重均分子量(Mw)為5000~100,000為較佳。In the present invention, the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the resin is preferably from 5,000 to 100,000.

本發明的著色組成物中,相對於著色組成物的總固體成分,樹脂的含量為20~99質量%為較佳,30~98質量%為更佳。又,相對於著色組成物的總固體成分,樹脂A的含量為20~99質量%為較佳,30~98質量%為更佳。 In the colored composition of the present invention, the content of the resin is preferably from 20 to 99% by mass, more preferably from 30 to 98% by mass, based on the total solid content of the colored composition. Further, the content of the resin A is preferably from 20 to 99% by mass, more preferably from 30 to 98% by mass, based on the total solid content of the colored composition.

又,本發明的著色組成物中,相對於樹脂的總質量,含有50~100質量%的樹脂A為較佳,60~100質量%為更佳。 Further, in the colored composition of the present invention, the resin A is preferably 50 to 100% by mass, more preferably 60 to 100% by mass, based on the total mass of the resin.

本發明中,上述樹脂A含有酸性樹脂或鹼性樹脂為較佳。上述樹脂A可含有2種以上的酸性樹脂。該種情況下,實質上不含有鹼性樹脂為較佳。另外,樹脂A實質上不含有鹼性樹脂係指,例如相對於樹脂A的總質量,鹼性樹脂的比例為小於1質量%為較佳,小於0.5質量%為更佳,不含有為進一步較佳。 In the present invention, the resin A preferably contains an acidic resin or a basic resin. The resin A may contain two or more kinds of acidic resins. In this case, it is preferred that the basic resin is not substantially contained. Further, the resin A does not substantially contain a basic resin. For example, the ratio of the basic resin to the total mass of the resin A is preferably less than 1% by mass, more preferably less than 0.5% by mass, and further not included. good.

又,上述樹脂A可含有2種以上的鹼性樹脂。該種情況下,實質上不含有酸性樹脂為較佳。另外,樹脂A實質上不含有酸性樹脂係指,例如相對於樹脂A的總質量,酸性樹脂的比例為小於1質量%為較佳,小於0.5質量%為更佳,不含有為進一步較佳。 Further, the resin A may contain two or more kinds of basic resins. In this case, it is preferred that the acidic resin is not substantially contained. Further, the resin A does not substantially contain an acidic resin. For example, the ratio of the acidic resin to the total mass of the resin A is preferably less than 1% by mass, more preferably less than 0.5% by mass, and further preferably not contained.

另外,本發明中,酸性樹脂係指酸性基的量比鹼性基的量多的樹脂。酸性樹脂中,將酸性基的量與鹼性基的量的合計量設為100莫耳%時,酸性基的量占70莫耳%以上的樹脂為較佳,實質上僅由酸性基構成之樹脂為更佳。另外,實質上僅由酸性基構成之樹脂中、例如以上述比例酸性基的量占95莫耳%以上的樹脂為較佳,酸性基的量占99莫耳%以上的樹脂為更佳,不含有鹼性基之樹脂為進一步較佳。酸性基係羧基為較佳。Further, in the present invention, the acidic resin means a resin having a larger amount of acidic groups than the amount of the basic group. In the acidic resin, when the total amount of the acidic group and the amount of the basic group is 100 mol%, the amount of the acidic group is preferably 70 mol% or more, and is substantially only composed of an acidic group. The resin is better. Further, in the resin consisting essentially of an acidic group, for example, a resin having an acid group content of 95 mol% or more in the above ratio is preferable, and a resin having an acid group content of 99 mol% or more is more preferable. A resin containing a basic group is further preferred. An acidic group-based carboxyl group is preferred.

又,鹼性樹脂係指鹼性基的量比酸性基的量多的樹脂。鹼性樹脂中,將酸性基的量與鹼性基的量的合計量設為100莫耳%時,鹼性基的量占50莫耳%以上的樹脂為較佳。另外,實質上僅由鹼性基構成之樹脂中,例如以上述比例鹼性基的量占95莫耳%以上的樹脂為較佳,鹼性基的量占99莫耳%以上的樹脂為更佳,不含有酸性基的樹脂為進一步較佳。鹼性基係胺基為較佳。Further, the basic resin means a resin having a larger amount of a basic group than an acidic group. In the basic resin, when the total amount of the acidic group and the amount of the basic group is 100 mol%, the amount of the basic group is preferably 50 mol% or more. Further, in the resin which is substantially composed only of a basic group, for example, a resin having an amount of the basic group of 95 mol% or more is preferably used, and a resin having a basic group of 99 mol% or more is more preferable. Preferably, the resin which does not contain an acidic group is further preferable. A basic basic amine group is preferred.

酸性樹脂的酸值為30~300mgKOH/g為較佳。下限為30mgKOH/g以上為較佳,40mgKOH/g以上為更佳,50mgKOH/g以上為更進一步較佳。上限為300mgKOH/g以下為較佳,200mgKOH/g以下更為佳。又,酸性樹脂的鹼值為100mgKOH/g以下為較佳,50mgKOH/g以下為更佳,10mgKOH/g以下為進一步較佳。The acid value of the acidic resin is preferably from 30 to 300 mgKOH/g. The lower limit is preferably 30 mgKOH/g or more, more preferably 40 mgKOH/g or more, and still more preferably 50 mgKOH/g or more. The upper limit is preferably 300 mgKOH/g or less, more preferably 200 mgKOH/g or less. Further, the alkali value of the acidic resin is preferably 100 mgKOH/g or less, more preferably 50 mgKOH/g or less, and still more preferably 10 mgKOH/g or less.

鹼性樹脂的鹼值為10~150mgKOH/g為較佳。下限為10mgKOH/g以上為更佳,20mgKOH/g以上為進一步較佳,30mgKOH/g以上為進一步較佳。上限為150mgKOH/g以下為更佳,100mgKOH/g以下為進一步較佳。又,鹼性樹脂的酸值為150mgKOH/g以下為較佳,100mgKOH/g以下為更佳,50mgKOH/g以下為進一步較佳。 另外,本發明中,酸值係表示中和每1g固體成分中的酸性成分所需之氫氧化鉀的mg數者。並且,鹼值係表示每1g固體成分中的鹼性成分與當量的氫氧化鉀(KOH)的mg數者。The basic value of the basic resin is preferably from 10 to 150 mgKOH/g. The lower limit is more preferably 10 mgKOH/g or more, more preferably 20 mgKOH/g or more, and still more preferably 30 mgKOH/g or more. The upper limit is preferably 150 mgKOH/g or less, and more preferably 100 mgKOH/g or less. Further, the acid value of the basic resin is preferably 150 mgKOH/g or less, more preferably 100 mgKOH/g or less, and still more preferably 50 mgKOH/g or less. Further, in the present invention, the acid value means the number of mg of potassium hydroxide required to neutralize the acidic component per 1 g of the solid component. Further, the base number means the number of mg of potassium hydroxide (KOH) per 1 g of the solid component and the equivalent amount of potassium hydroxide (KOH).

本發明中,上述樹脂A含有接枝共聚物為較佳。另外,本發明中,接枝共聚物係指具有接枝鏈之樹脂。又,接枝鏈係指從聚合物的主鏈的根部至從主鏈分支之基團的末端。接枝共聚物例如能夠較佳的用作分散劑。In the present invention, the above resin A preferably contains a graft copolymer. Further, in the present invention, the graft copolymer means a resin having a graft chain. Further, the graft chain means the end from the root of the main chain of the polymer to the group branched from the main chain. The graft copolymer can be preferably used, for example, as a dispersant.

作為接枝共聚物,具有除氫原子以外的原子數在40~10000範圍的接枝鏈之樹脂為較佳。又,接枝鏈每1條的除氫原子以外的原子數為40~10000為較佳,50~2000更為佳,60~500為進一步較佳。As the graft copolymer, a resin having a graft chain having a number of atoms other than a hydrogen atom in the range of 40 to 10,000 is preferable. Further, the number of atoms other than the hydrogen atom per one of the graft chains is preferably from 40 to 10,000, more preferably from 50 to 2,000, still more preferably from 60 to 500.

作為接枝共聚物的主鏈結構,可舉出(甲基)丙烯酸樹脂、聚酯樹脂、聚氨酯樹脂、聚脲樹脂、聚醯胺樹脂、聚醚樹脂等。其中,(甲基)丙烯酸樹脂為較佳。 作為接枝共聚物的接枝鏈,為了提高接枝鏈與溶劑之相互作用性,由此而提高分散性,具有聚(甲基)丙烯酸結構、聚酯結構或聚醚結構之接枝鏈為較佳,具有聚酯結構或聚醚結構之接枝鏈更為佳。Examples of the main chain structure of the graft copolymer include a (meth)acrylic resin, a polyester resin, a polyurethane resin, a polyurea resin, a polyamide resin, and a polyether resin. Among them, a (meth)acrylic resin is preferred. As a graft chain of the graft copolymer, in order to improve the interaction between the graft chain and the solvent, thereby improving the dispersibility, the graft chain having a poly(meth)acrylic acid structure, a polyester structure or a polyether structure is Preferably, the graft chain having a polyester structure or a polyether structure is more preferable.

本發明中,接枝共聚物的重均分子量(Mw)為5000~100000為較佳,10000~50000更為佳,10000~30000為進一步較佳。接枝共聚物的數均分子量(Mn)為2500~50000為較佳,5000~30000更為佳,5000~15000為進一步較佳。另外,本發明中,接枝共聚物的重均分子量(Mw)及數均分子量(Mn)係基於凝膠滲透色譜法(GPC)測定之聚苯乙烯換算值,具體而言,係利用後述之實施例所記載之方法所測定之值。In the present invention, the graft copolymer has a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of preferably 5,000 to 100,000, more preferably 10,000 to 50,000, and still more preferably 10,000 to 30,000. The number average molecular weight (Mn) of the graft copolymer is preferably from 2,500 to 50,000, more preferably from 5,000 to 30,000, still more preferably from 5,000 to 15,000. Further, in the present invention, the weight average molecular weight (Mw) and the number average molecular weight (Mn) of the graft copolymer are polystyrene-equivalent values measured by gel permeation chromatography (GPC), and specifically, the following description is used. The values measured by the methods described in the examples.

作為在利用自由基聚合而製造接枝共聚物時所使用之巨單體,可以使用公知的巨單體,可舉出TOAGOSEI CO.,LTD.製造的巨單體AA-6(末端基團為甲基丙烯醯基之聚甲基丙烯酸甲酯)、AS-6(末端基團為甲基丙烯醯基之聚苯乙烯)、AN-6S(末端基團為甲基丙烯醯基之苯乙烯與丙烯腈的共聚物)、AB-6(末端基團為甲基丙烯醯基之聚丙烯酸丁酯)、Daicel Chemical Industries,Ltd.製造的PLACCEL FM5(甲基丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯的ε-己內酯5莫耳當量加成品)、FA10L(丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯的ε-己內酯10莫耳當量加成品)及日本特開平2-272009號公報所記載之聚酯系巨單體等。As the macromonomer used in the production of the graft copolymer by radical polymerization, a known macromonomer can be used, and a macromonomer AA-6 (end group) manufactured by TOAGOSEI CO., LTD. Methyl methacrylate-based polymethyl methacrylate), AS-6 (polystyrene with terminal group of methacryl fluorenyl), AN-6S (styrene with terminal group of methacryl fluorenyl) Copolymer of acrylonitrile), AB-6 (polybutyl acrylate of methacryl fluorenyl group), PLACEL FM5 (2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate ε-hexyl) manufactured by Daicel Chemical Industries, Ltd. Lactone 5 molar equivalent plus finished product), FA10L (ε-caprolactone 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate 10-molar equivalent plus finished product), and polyester macromonomers described in JP-A-2-272009 .

並且,本發明中,作為接枝共聚物,可以使用在主鏈及側鏈中的至少一者含有氮原子之寡聚亞胺(oligo imine)系接枝共聚物。 作為寡聚亞胺系接枝共聚物,具有重複單元和含有原子數40~10,000的寡聚物鏈或聚合物鏈Y之側鏈且在主鏈及側鏈中的至少一者具有鹼性氮原子之樹脂為較佳,該重複單元具備具有pKa14以下的官能基之部分結構之基團X。 在此,鹼性氮原子只要係呈鹼性之氮原子,則並無特別的限制。寡聚亞胺系接枝共聚物含有具有鹼強度為pKb14以下的氮原子之結構為較佳,含有具有pKb10以下的氮原子之結構更為佳。 本發明中,鹼強度pKb係指在水溫25℃下之pKb,係用於定量表示鹼的強度之指標之一,含義與鹼度常數相同。鹼強度pKb與後述之酸強度pKa具有pKb=14-pKa的關係。Further, in the present invention, as the graft copolymer, an oligo imine-based graft copolymer containing at least one of a main chain and a side chain and containing a nitrogen atom can be used. The oligomerized imide graft copolymer has a repeating unit and a side chain of an oligomer chain having 40 to 10,000 atoms or a polymer chain Y and at least one of a main chain and a side chain having a basic nitrogen An atomic resin is preferred, and the repeating unit has a group X having a partial structure of a functional group having a pKa of 14 or less. Here, the basic nitrogen atom is not particularly limited as long as it is a basic nitrogen atom. The oligomeric imide graft copolymer preferably has a structure having a nitrogen atom having an alkali strength of pKb 14 or less, and more preferably has a structure having a nitrogen atom of pKb10 or less. In the present invention, the alkali strength pKb means pKb at a water temperature of 25 ° C, and is one of the indexes for quantitatively indicating the strength of the alkali, and has the same meaning as the basicity constant. The alkali strength pKb has a relationship of pKb=14-pKa with an acid strength pKa which will be described later.

寡聚亞胺系接枝共聚物係具有重複單元(i)和含有原子數40~10,000的寡聚物鏈或聚合物鏈Y之側鏈(ii)為特佳,該重複單元(i)係選自聚(低級伸烷基亞胺)系重複單元、聚烯丙基胺系重複單元、聚二烯丙基胺系重複單元、間二甲苯二胺-表氯醇縮聚物系重複單元及聚乙烯胺系重複單元中之至少1種的、具有鹼性氮原子之重複單元,其鍵結於鹼性氮原子,且具備具有pKa14以下的官能基之部分結構之基團X。The oligomeric imide graft copolymer is particularly preferably a repeating unit (i) and a side chain (ii) having an oligomer chain of 40 to 10,000 or a polymer chain Y, and the repeating unit (i) is Selected from a poly(lower alkylene imine) repeating unit, a polyallylamine repeating unit, a polydiallylamine repeating unit, a meta-xylenediamine-epichlorohydrin polycondensate repeating unit, and a poly A repeating unit having a basic nitrogen atom in at least one of the vinylamine-based repeating units, which is bonded to a basic nitrogen atom and has a group X having a partial structure of a functional group having a pKa of 14 or less.

作為寡聚亞胺系接枝共聚物,可舉出含有下述通式(I-1)所表示之重複單元及通式(I-2)所表示之重複單元之樹脂。The oligoimine-based graft copolymer is a resin containing a repeating unit represented by the following formula (I-1) and a repeating unit represented by the formula (I-2).

【化學式1】[Chemical Formula 1]

通式(I-1)及(I-2)中,R1 及R2 分別獨立地表示氫原子、鹵素原子或烷基,a分別獨立地表示1~5的整數,*表示重複單元間的連结部,X表示具備具有pKa14以下的官能基之部分結構之基團,Y表示原子數40~10,000的寡聚物鏈或聚合物鏈。In the general formulae (I-1) and (I-2), R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom or an alkyl group, and a each independently represents an integer of 1 to 5, and * represents a repeating unit. In the linking portion, X represents a group having a partial structure having a functional group of pKa 14 or less, and Y represents an oligomer chain or a polymer chain having 40 to 10,000 atoms.

寡聚亞胺系接枝共聚物為還含有通式(I-3)所表示之重複單元之態樣為較佳。依該態樣,顏料體的分散穩定性進一步提高。The oligomeric imide graft copolymer is preferably further contained in the form of a repeating unit represented by the formula (I-3). In this way, the dispersion stability of the pigment body is further improved.

【化學式2】 [Chemical Formula 2]

通式(I-3)中,R1 、R2 及a的含義與通式(I-1)中之R1 、R2 及a相同。Y’表示具有陰離子基團之原子數40~10,000的寡聚物鏈或聚合物鏈。通式(I-3)所表示之重複單元能夠藉由在主鏈部具有一級胺基或二級胺基之樹脂中添加具有與胺進行反應而形成鹽之基團之寡聚物或聚合物並使其進行反應而形成。In the formula (I-3), R 1 , R 2 and a have the same meanings as in the formula (I-1), R 1 , R 2 and a. Y' represents an oligomer chain or a polymer chain having an anion group having an atomic number of 40 to 10,000. The repeating unit represented by the formula (I-3) can be added with an oligomer or a polymer having a group which forms a salt by reacting with an amine in a resin having a primary amine group or a secondary amine group in the main chain portion. And it is formed by reacting it.

通式(I-1)、通式(I-2)及通式(I-3)中,R1 及R2 為氫原子為較佳。從原料獲得性的觀點考慮,a為2為較佳。In the formula (I-1), the formula (I-2) and the formula (I-3), R 1 and R 2 are preferably a hydrogen atom. From the viewpoint of availability of raw materials, a is preferably 2.

寡聚亞胺系接枝共聚物除了含有通式(I-1)、通式(I-2)及通式(I-3)所表示之重複單元以外,還可以含有含有一級胺基或三級胺基之低級伸烷基亞胺作為重複單元。另外,低級伸烷基亞胺重複單元中之氮原子可以進一步鍵結有在通式(I-1)~(I-3)中說明之X、Y或Y’所表示之基團。The oligomeric imide graft copolymer may contain a primary amine group or a third group in addition to the repeating unit represented by the general formula (I-1), the general formula (I-2) and the general formula (I-3). The lower alkyleneimine of the amine group is used as a repeating unit. Further, the nitrogen atom in the lower alkyleneimine repeating unit may be further bonded to a group represented by X, Y or Y' described in the general formulae (I-1) to (I-3).

通式(I-1)所表示之重複單元在寡聚亞胺系接枝共聚物中所含之總重複單元中,含有1~80莫耳%為較佳,含有3~50莫耳%為最佳。 通式(I-2)所表示之重複單元在寡聚亞胺系接枝共聚物中所含之總重複單元中,含有10~90莫耳%為較佳,含有30~70莫耳%為最佳。 從分散穩定性及親水性與疏水性的平衡的觀點考慮,通式(I-1)所表示之重複單元及通式(I-2)所表示之重複單元的含有比率〔(I-1):(I-2)〕以莫耳比計在10:1~1:100的範圍為較佳,在1:1~1:10的範圍更為佳。The repeating unit represented by the formula (I-1) contains 1 to 80 mol%, preferably 3 to 50 mol%, of the total repeating unit contained in the oligoenimine-based graft copolymer. optimal. The repeating unit represented by the formula (I-2) contains 10 to 90 mol%, preferably 30 to 70 mol%, of the total repeating unit contained in the oligoenimine-based graft copolymer. optimal. The content ratio of the repeating unit represented by the formula (I-1) and the repeating unit represented by the formula (I-2) from the viewpoint of the dispersion stability and the balance between the hydrophilicity and the hydrophobicity [(I-1) : (I-2)] is preferably in the range of 10:1 to 1:100 in terms of molar ratio, and more preferably in the range of 1:1 to 1:10.

另外,根據需要而併用之通式(I-3)所表示之重複單元係含有具有陰離子基團之原子數40~10,000的寡聚物鏈或聚合物鏈Y’之部分結構與主鏈的氮原子離子鍵結者,從效果觀點考慮,在寡聚亞胺系接枝共聚物中所含之總重複單元中含有0.5~20莫耳%為較佳,含有1~10莫耳%為最佳。另外,聚合物鏈Y’的離子鍵結係能夠藉由紅外分光法或鹼滴定法進行確認。Further, the repeating unit represented by the formula (I-3) used in combination as needed contains an oligomer chain having an anionic group of 40 to 10,000 or a partial structure of the polymer chain Y' and a nitrogen of the main chain. The atomic ion bond is preferably from 0.5 to 20 mol%, preferably from 1 to 10 mol%, in the total repeating unit contained in the oligomeric imide graft copolymer from the viewpoint of the effect. . Further, the ionic bond of the polymer chain Y' can be confirmed by infrared spectroscopy or alkali titration.

作為寡聚亞胺系接枝共聚物另一較佳之態樣,可舉出含有作為重複單元(i)由下述通式(II-1)表示之重複單元、及作為重複單元(ii)由通式(II-2)表示之重複單元之態樣。Another preferred aspect of the oligomeric imide graft copolymer is a repeating unit represented by the following formula (II-1) as a repeating unit (i) and a repeating unit (ii) The aspect of the repeating unit represented by the formula (II-2).

【化學式3】 [Chemical Formula 3]

通式(II-1)及(II-2)中,R3 、R4 、R5 及R6 分別獨立地表示氫原子、鹵原子、烷基。*、X及Y的含義與通式(I-1)及(I-2)中的*、X及Y相同。In the general formulae (II-1) and (II-2), R 3 , R 4 , R 5 and R 6 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom or an alkyl group. *, X and Y have the same meanings as *, X and Y in the general formulae (I-1) and (I-2).

寡聚亞胺系接枝共聚物中,進一步含有由通式(II-3)表示之重複單元之態樣為較佳。依該態樣,著色劑等的分散穩定性進一步提高。In the oligomeric imide graft copolymer, it is preferred to further contain a repeating unit represented by the formula (II-3). In this way, the dispersion stability of the colorant or the like is further improved.

【化學式4】 [Chemical Formula 4]

通式(II-3)中,R3 、R4 、R5 及R6 的含義與通式(II-1)中的R3 、R4 、R5 及R6 相同。Y’的含義與通式(I-3)中的Y’相同。In the general formula (II-3), 3, the same as R 4, R 5, and R 6 R 3, R 4, R 5 and R meaning as the general formula R (II-1) 6 in. The meaning of Y' is the same as Y' in the formula (I-3).

通式(II-1)、(II-2)及(II-3)中,從原料獲得性的觀點考慮,R3 、R4 、R5 及R6 係氫原子為較佳。In the general formulae (II-1), (II-2) and (II-3), the R 3 , R 4 , R 5 and R 6 -based hydrogen atoms are preferred from the viewpoint of availability of raw materials.

由通式(II-1)表示之重複單元在寡聚亞胺系接枝共聚物中所含之總重複單元中,含有1~80莫耳%為較佳,含有3~50莫耳%為最佳。 由通式(II-2)表示之重複單元在寡聚亞胺系接枝共聚物中所含之總重複單元中,含有10~90莫耳%為較佳,含有30~70莫耳%為最佳。 從分散穩定性及親水性與疏水性的平衡的觀點考慮,由通式(II-1)表示之重複單元及由通式(II-2)所表示之重複單元的含有比率〔(II-1):(II-2)〕以莫耳比計在10:1~1:100的範圍為較佳,在1:1~1:10的範圍更為佳。 根據需要而併用之由通式(II-3)表示之重複單元在寡聚亞胺系接枝共聚物中總重複單元中含有0.5~20莫耳%為較佳,含有1~10莫耳%為最佳。The repeating unit represented by the formula (II-1) contains 1 to 80 mol%, preferably 3 to 50 mol%, of the total repeating unit contained in the oligoenimine-based graft copolymer. optimal. The repeating unit represented by the formula (II-2) contains 10 to 90 mol%, preferably 30 to 70 mol%, of the total repeating unit contained in the oligomeric imide graft copolymer. optimal. The content ratio of the repeating unit represented by the general formula (II-1) and the repeating unit represented by the general formula (II-2) from the viewpoint of the dispersion stability and the balance between the hydrophilicity and the hydrophobicity [(II-1) ): (II-2)] is preferably in the range of 10:1 to 1:100 in terms of molar ratio, and more preferably in the range of 1:1 to 1:10. The repeating unit represented by the formula (II-3) used in combination as needed contains 0.5 to 20 mol%, preferably 1 to 10 mol%, based on the total repeating unit in the oligomeric imide graft copolymer. For the best.

從分散穩定性的觀點考慮,寡聚亞胺系接枝共聚物尤其為含有由通式(I-1)表示之重複單元與由通式(I-2)表示之重複單元兩者之態樣為最佳。From the viewpoint of dispersion stability, the oligomeric imide graft copolymer is particularly in a state containing both a repeating unit represented by the general formula (I-1) and a repeating unit represented by the general formula (I-2). For the best.

(具有部分結構之基團X,該部分結構具有pKa14以下的官能基團) 基團X具有pKa14以下的官能基團。基團X所具有之pKa為14以下之官能基團的pKa為水溫25℃下的值。在此“pKa”係指在化學便覽(II)(修訂4版、1993年、日本化學會編著、MARUZEN Co.,Ltd.)所記載之內容中定義者。 “pKa14以下的官能基團”只要係物理性質滿足該條件者,則其結構等並無特別的限定,可舉出公知的官能基團中pKa滿足上述範圍者,但尤其係pKa為12以下之官能基團為較佳,pKa為11以下以下之官能基團為最佳。作為基團X,具體而言,例如可舉出羧酸基(pKa:3~5左右)、磺酸基(pKa:-3~-2左右)、-COCH2 CO-(pKa:8~10左右)、-COCH2 CN(pKa:8~11左右)、-CONHCO-、酚性羥基、-RF CH2 OH或-(RF2 CHOH(RF 表示全氟烷基。pKa:9~11左右)、磺醯胺基(pKa:9~11左右)等,尤其羧酸基(pKa:3~5左右)、磺酸基(pKa:-3~-2左右)、-COCH2 CO-(pKa:8~10左右)為較佳。(The group X having a partial structure having a functional group of pKa14 or less) The group X has a functional group of pKa14 or less. The pKa of the functional group having a pKa of 14 or less in the group X is a value at a water temperature of 25 °C. Here, "pKa" means defined in the contents described in Chemical Handbook (II) (Revised 4th Edition, 1993, edited by the Chemical Society of Japan, MARUZEN Co., Ltd.). The "functional group of pKa14 or less" is not particularly limited as long as the physical properties satisfy the above conditions, and the pKa of the known functional group satisfies the above range, but in particular, the pKa is 12 or less. A functional group is preferred, and a functional group having a pKa of 11 or less is preferred. Specific examples of the group X include a carboxylic acid group (pKa: about 3 to 5), a sulfonic acid group (pKa: about -3 to -2), and -COCH 2 CO- (pKa: 8 to 10). Left and right), -COCH 2 CN (pKa: about 8 to 11), -CONHCO-, phenolic hydroxyl group, -R F CH 2 OH or -(R F ) 2 CHOH (R F represents perfluoroalkyl group. pKa: 9 ~11 or so), sulfonamide group (pKa: about 9 to 11), etc., especially carboxylic acid group (pKa: about 3 to 5), sulfonic acid group (pKa: about -3 to -2), -COCH 2 CO - (pKa: about 8 to 10) is preferred.

基團X直接鍵結於具有鹼性氮原子之重複單元中的鹼性氮原子為較佳。具有鹼性氮原子之重複單元的氮原子與部分結構X不僅共價鍵結,還可以以離子鍵結而形成鹽之態樣連結。 作為基團X,尤其具有由下述通式(V-1)、通式(V-2)或通式(V-3)表示之結構者為較佳。It is preferred that the group X is directly bonded to a basic nitrogen atom in a repeating unit having a basic nitrogen atom. The nitrogen atom having a repeating unit of a basic nitrogen atom is not only covalently bonded to the partial structure X, but may also be linked by ion bonding to form a salt. The group X is particularly preferably a structure represented by the following formula (V-1), formula (V-2) or formula (V-3).

【化學式5】 [Chemical Formula 5]

通式(V-1)、通式(V-2)中,U表示單鍵或2價連結基團。d及e分別獨立地表示0或1。通式(V-3)中,Q表示醯基或烷氧基羰基。In the general formula (V-1) and the general formula (V-2), U represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. d and e each independently represent 0 or 1. In the formula (V-3), Q represents a mercapto group or an alkoxycarbonyl group.

作為以U表示2價連結基團,例如可舉出可具有氧原子之亞烷基、亞芳基、亞烷氧基等,尤其碳原子數為1~30之亞烷基或碳原子數為6~20之亞芳基為較佳,碳原子數為1~20之亞烷基或碳原子數為6~15之亞芳基為最佳。又,從生產性的觀點考慮,d為1為較佳,並且,e為0為較佳。Examples of the divalent linking group represented by U include an alkylene group, an arylene group, an alkyleneoxy group or the like which may have an oxygen atom, and particularly an alkylene group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms or a carbon number. An arylene group of 6 to 20 is preferred, and an alkylene group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms or an arylene group having 6 to 15 carbon atoms is most preferred. Further, from the viewpoint of productivity, d is preferably 1 and e is preferably 0.

Q表示醯基或烷氧基羰基。作為Q中的醯基,碳原子數為1~30之醯基為較佳,尤其乙醯基為較佳。作為Q中的烷氧基羰基,從容易製造乙醯基,原料(基團X的前驅體)獲得性的觀點考慮Q為較佳。Q represents a mercapto or alkoxycarbonyl group. As the mercapto group in Q, a mercapto group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms is preferred, and an ethylidene group is preferred. As the alkoxycarbonyl group in Q, Q is preferable from the viewpoint of easy production of an oxime group and availability of a raw material (precursor of the group X).

(原子數40~10,000的寡聚物鏈或聚合物鏈Y) 作為原子數40~10,000的寡聚物鏈或聚合物鏈Y,可舉出能夠與寡聚亞胺系接枝共聚物的主鏈部連結之聚酯、聚醯胺、聚醯亞胺、聚(甲基)丙烯酸酯等公知的聚合物鏈。Y中的與寡聚亞胺系接枝共聚物的鍵結部位為Y的末端為較佳。 Y與上述之重複單元(i)的鹼性氮原子鍵結為較佳。重複單元(i)的鹼性氮原子與Y的鍵結方式為,共價鍵和、離子鍵和、或共價鍵和及離子鍵和的混合鍵結。重複單元(i)的鹼性氮原子與Y的鍵結方式的比率為共價鍵和:離子鍵和=100:0~0:100為較佳,95:5~5:95為更佳,90:10~10:90為最佳。Y與重複單元(i)的鹼性氮原子醯胺鍵結,或作為羧酸與重複單元(i)的鹼性氮原子離子鍵和為較佳。(Oligomer chain or polymer chain Y having an atomic number of 40 to 10,000) The oligomer chain or polymer chain Y having an atomic number of 40 to 10,000 includes a main copolymer capable of grafting with an oligoimide-based copolymer. A known polymer chain such as a polyester, a polyamide, a polyimine or a poly(meth)acrylate to which a chain is bonded. It is preferred that the bonding site of Y with the oligomeric imide graft copolymer is Y. It is preferred that Y is bonded to the basic nitrogen atom of the above repeating unit (i). The basic nitrogen atom of the repeating unit (i) is bonded to Y by a covalent bond, an ionic bond, or a covalent bond and a mixed bond of an ionic bond. The ratio of the basic nitrogen atom of the repeating unit (i) to the bonding mode of Y is a covalent bond and: an ion bond and =100:0 to 0:100 is preferable, and 95:5 to 5:95 is more preferable. 90:10~10:90 is the best. Y is preferably bonded to the basic nitrogen atom of the repeating unit (i), or as a carboxylic acid and a basic nitrogen atom of the repeating unit (i).

從分散性、分散穩定性及顯影性的觀點考慮,作為寡聚物鏈或聚合物鏈Y的原子數為50~5,000為較佳,60~3,000更為佳。 Y的數均分子量能夠藉由使用GPC法之聚苯乙烯換算值來測定。Y的數均分子量尤其為1,000~50,000為較佳,從分散性、分散穩定性及顯影性的觀點考慮,1,000~30,000為最佳。 Y為側鏈結構為較佳。相對於主鏈結構,Y在樹脂1分子中連結有2個以上為較佳,連結有5個以上為最佳。 關於Y的詳細內容,能夠參閱日本特開2013-064979號公報的段落號0086~0098中所記載之內容,該內容併入本說明書中。From the viewpoint of dispersibility, dispersion stability, and developability, the number of atoms of the oligomer chain or polymer chain Y is preferably from 50 to 5,000, more preferably from 60 to 3,000. The number average molecular weight of Y can be measured by using the polystyrene equivalent value of the GPC method. The number average molecular weight of Y is preferably from 1,000 to 50,000, and from 1,000 to 30,000 is preferable from the viewpoint of dispersibility, dispersion stability, and developability. Y is preferably a side chain structure. With respect to the main chain structure, it is preferable that Y is connected to two or more molecules of the resin, and it is preferable to connect five or more. For the details of Y, the contents described in paragraphs 0086 to 0098 of JP-A-2013-064979 can be referred to, and the contents are incorporated in the present specification.

上述之寡聚亞胺系接枝共聚物能夠藉由日本特開2013-064979號公報的段落號0110~0117中所記載之方法合成。 上述之寡聚亞胺系接枝共聚物的具體例,例如可舉出日本特開2013-064979號公報的段落號0099~0109、0119~0124中所記載之樹脂,該內容併入本說明書中。The oligoimide-based graft copolymer described above can be synthesized by the method described in paragraphs 0110 to 0117 of JP-A-2013-064979. Specific examples of the oligoenimine-based graft copolymer include the resins described in paragraphs 0099 to 0109 and 0119 to 0124 of JP-A-2013-064979, which is incorporated herein by reference. .

本發明中,接枝共聚物能夠使用含有由通式(A1)及通式(A2)中的任意一個所表示之重複單元和具有酸性基之重複單元之共聚物。 【化學式6】 In the present invention, a copolymer containing a repeating unit represented by any one of the formula (A1) and the formula (A2) and a repeating unit having an acidic group can be used as the graft copolymer. [Chemical Formula 6]

通式(A1)及(A2)中,R1 ~R6 分別獨立地表示氫原子或1價的有機基,X1 及X2 分別獨立地表示-CO-、-C(=O)O-、-CONH-、-OC(=O)-或伸苯基,L1 及L2 分別獨立地表示單鍵或2價的有機連結基團,A1 及A2 分別獨立地表示1價的有機基,m及n分別獨立地表示2~8的整數,p及q分別獨立地表示1~100的整數。In the general formulae (A1) and (A2), R 1 to R 6 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, and X 1 and X 2 each independently represent -CO-, -C(=O)O-. , -CONH-, -OC(=O)- or a phenyl group, and L 1 and L 2 each independently represent a single bond or a divalent organic linking group, and A 1 and A 2 each independently represent a monovalent organic group. The bases, m and n each independently represent an integer of 2 to 8, and p and q each independently represent an integer of 1 to 100.

R1 ~R6 分別獨立地表示氫原子或1價的有機基。作為1價的有機基,取代或無取代的烷基為較佳。作為烷基,碳原子數為1~12的烷基為較佳,碳原子數為1~8的烷基更為佳,碳原子數為1~4的烷基為特佳。 作為R1 、R2 、R4 及R5 ,氫原子為較佳,作為R3 及R6 ,從對顏料表面之吸附效率的觀點考慮,氫原子或甲基亦為最佳。R 1 to R 6 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group. As the monovalent organic group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group is preferred. The alkyl group is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. As R 1 , R 2 , R 4 and R 5 , a hydrogen atom is preferred, and as R 3 and R 6 , a hydrogen atom or a methyl group is also preferable from the viewpoint of the adsorption efficiency on the surface of the pigment.

X1 及X2 分別獨立地表示-CO-、-C(=O)O-、-CONH-、-OC(=O)-或伸苯基。其中,從對顏料之吸附性的觀點考慮,-C(=O)O-、-CONH-、伸苯基為較佳,-C(=O)O-為最佳。X 1 and X 2 each independently represent -CO-, -C(=O)O-, -CONH-, -OC(=O)- or a phenyl group. Among them, from the viewpoint of the adsorption property to the pigment, -C(=O)O-, -CONH-, and phenyl are preferred, and -C(=O)O- is preferred.

L1 及L2 分別獨立地表示單鍵或2價的有機連結基團。作為2價的有機連結基團,取代或無取代的伸烷基、以及由伸烷基和雜原子或含有雜原子之部分結構所構成之2價的有機連結基團為較佳。 作為伸烷基,碳原子數為1~12的伸烷基為較佳,碳原子數為1~8的伸烷基為進一步較佳,碳原子數為1~4的伸烷基為特佳。 作為含有雜原子之部分結構中之雜原子,例如可舉出氧原子、氮原子、硫原子,其中,氧原子、氮原子為較佳。 作為2價的有機連結基團,從對顏料之吸附性的觀點考慮,在上述的伸烷基的末端具有選自-C(=O)-、-OC(=O)-、-NHC(=O)-中之雜原子或含有雜原子之部分結構,且經由雜原子或含有雜原子之部分結構而與相鄰之氧原子連結者為較佳。其中,相鄰之氧原子係指在側鏈末端側鍵結於通式(A1)中之L1 及通式(A2)中之L2 之氧原子。L 1 and L 2 each independently represent a single bond or a divalent organic linking group. The divalent organic linking group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkylene group, and a divalent organic linking group composed of an alkylene group and a hetero atom or a partial structure containing a hetero atom are preferred. As the alkylene group, an alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms is preferred, an alkylene group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms is further preferred, and an alkylene group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms is particularly preferred. . Examples of the hetero atom in the partial structure containing a hetero atom include an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, and a sulfur atom. Among them, an oxygen atom or a nitrogen atom is preferred. The divalent organic linking group has a terminal selected from the group consisting of -C(=O)-, -OC(=O)-, -NHC (=) from the viewpoint of adsorption to the pigment. It is preferred that the hetero atom or the partial structure containing a hetero atom in O)- is bonded to an adjacent oxygen atom via a hetero atom or a partial structure containing a hetero atom. Here, the adjacent oxygen atom means an oxygen atom bonded to L 1 in the general formula (A1) and L 2 in the general formula (A2) at the terminal side of the side chain.

A1 及A2 分別獨立地表示1價的有機基。作為1價的有機基,取代或無取代的烷基或取代或無取代的芳基為較佳。作為取代基,可舉出日本特開2009-256572號公報的段落號0028所記載之取代基,該等內容併入本說明書中。A 1 and A 2 each independently represent a monovalent organic group. As the monovalent organic group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group is preferred. The substituents described in Paragraph No. 0028 of JP-A-2009-256572 are incorporated herein by reference.

作為A1 及A2 ,從分散穩定性及顯影性的觀點考慮,碳原子數為1~20的直鏈烷基、碳原子數為3~20的支鏈烷基及碳原子數為5~20的環狀烷基為較佳,碳原子數為4~15的直鏈烷基、碳原子數為4~15的支鏈烷基及碳原子數為6~10的環狀烷基更為佳,碳原子數為6~10的直鏈烷基及碳原子數為6~12的支鏈烷基為進一步較佳。A 1 and A 2 are a linear alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a branched alkyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, and 5 to 5 carbon atoms from the viewpoint of dispersion stability and developability. The cyclic alkyl group of 20 is preferably a linear alkyl group having 4 to 15 carbon atoms, a branched alkyl group having 4 to 15 carbon atoms, and a cyclic alkyl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms. More preferably, a linear alkyl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms and a branched alkyl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms are further preferred.

m及n分別獨立地表示2~8的整數。從分散穩定性及顯影性的觀點考慮,4~6為較佳,5為最佳。m and n each independently represent an integer of 2-8. From the viewpoint of dispersion stability and developability, 4 to 6 is preferred, and 5 is most preferred.

p及q分別獨立地表示1~100的整數。亦可以混合2種以上的P不同者、q不同者。從分散穩定性、顯影性的關點考慮,p及q為5~60為較佳,5~40更為佳,5~20為進一步較佳。p and q each independently represent an integer of 1 to 100. It is also possible to mix two or more types of P different and different q. From the viewpoint of dispersion stability and developability, p and q are preferably from 5 to 60, more preferably from 5 to 40, and further preferably from 5 to 20.

關於通式(A1)所表示之重複單元及通式(A2)所表示之重複單元的詳細內容,可以參閱日本特開2009-256572號公報的段落號0034~0044的記載,該等內容併入本說明書中。The details of the repeating unit represented by the formula (A1) and the repeating unit represented by the formula (A2) can be referred to in paragraphs 0034 to 0044 of JP-A-2009-256572, and the contents are incorporated. In this manual.

具有酸性基之重複單元係可以使用具有酸性基之單體來構成。作為具有酸性基之單體,可舉出具有羧基之乙烯基單體、具有磺酸基之乙烯基單體、具有磷酸基之乙烯基單體等。 作為具有羧基之乙烯基單體,可舉出(甲基)丙烯酸、乙烯基苯甲酸、馬來酸、馬來酸單烷基酯、富馬酸、衣康酸、巴豆酸、桂皮酸、丙烯酸二聚物等。並且,亦可以利用2-羥乙酯(甲基)丙烯酸酯等具有羥基之單體與馬來酸酐、鄰苯二甲酸酐、琥珀酸酐、環己烷二羧酸酐之類的環酐的加成反應物、ω-羧基-聚己內酯單(甲基)丙烯酸酯等。並且,作為羧基的前驅物,可以使用馬來酸酐、衣康酸酐、檸康酸酐等含酐單體。其中,從未曝光部的顯影去除性的觀點考慮,2-羥乙酯(甲基)丙烯酸酯等具有羥基之單體與馬來酸酐、鄰苯二甲酸酐、琥珀酸酐、環己烷二羧酸酐之類的環酐的加成反應物為較佳。 作為具有磺酸基之乙烯基單體,可舉出2-丙烯醯胺基-2-甲基丙烷磺酸等。 作為具有磷酸基之乙烯基單體,可舉出磷酸單(2-丙烯醯氧基乙酯)、磷酸單(1-甲基-2-丙烯醯氧基乙酯)等。 並且,作為具有酸性基之重複單元,可以參閱日本特開2008-165059號公報的段落號0067~0069的記載,其內容含有於本說明書中。The repeating unit having an acidic group can be constituted by using a monomer having an acidic group. Examples of the monomer having an acidic group include a vinyl monomer having a carboxyl group, a vinyl monomer having a sulfonic acid group, a vinyl monomer having a phosphoric acid group, and the like. Examples of the vinyl monomer having a carboxyl group include (meth)acrylic acid, vinylbenzoic acid, maleic acid, monoalkyl maleate, fumaric acid, itaconic acid, crotonic acid, cinnamic acid, and acrylic acid. Dimer and the like. Further, addition of a monomer having a hydroxyl group such as 2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate to a cyclic anhydride such as maleic anhydride, phthalic anhydride, succinic anhydride or cyclohexanedicarboxylic anhydride may be used. The reactant, ω-carboxy-polycaprolactone mono(meth)acrylate or the like. Further, as the precursor of the carboxyl group, an anhydride-containing monomer such as maleic anhydride, itaconic anhydride or citraconic anhydride can be used. Among them, a monomer having a hydroxyl group such as 2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate and maleic anhydride, phthalic anhydride, succinic anhydride, or cyclohexane dicarboxyl is considered from the viewpoint of development removability of the unexposed portion. An addition reactant of a cyclic anhydride such as an acid anhydride is preferred. Examples of the vinyl monomer having a sulfonic acid group include 2-acrylamido-2-methylpropanesulfonic acid and the like. Examples of the vinyl monomer having a phosphoric acid group include mono(2-propenyloxyethyl) phosphate and mono(1-methyl-2-propenyloxyethyl phosphate). Further, as a repeating unit having an acidic group, the descriptions of paragraphs 0067 to 0069 of JP-A-2008-165059 can be referred to, and the contents thereof are included in the present specification.

上述接枝共聚物的詳細內容可以參閱日本特開2009-256572號公報的段落號0021~0088的記載,該等內容併入本說明書中。The details of the graft copolymer described above can be referred to in paragraphs 0021 to 0,088 of JP-A-2009-256572, which is incorporated herein by reference.

本發明的著色組成物可含有2種以上的樹脂。含有2種以上的樹脂時,樹脂彼此的溶解度參數(以下還稱為SP值)之差為6(J/cm30.5 以下為較佳,0~4(J/cm30.5 為更佳。SP值之差在上述範圍內,則能夠提高顏料體的分散穩定性。 另外,本發明中,SP值使用藉由Hoy法求出之值。作為Hoy法之文獻可較佳地舉出H.L.Hoy:J.Paint Tech.,42(540),76-118(1970)和SP值 基礎・運用及計算方法(山本、資訊機構、2005)。The colored composition of the present invention may contain two or more kinds of resins. When two or more kinds of resins are contained, the difference between the solubility parameters of the resins (hereinafter also referred to as SP values) is 6 (J/cm 3 ) 0.5 or less, preferably 0 to 4 (J/cm 3 ) 0.5 is more preferable. . When the difference in SP value is within the above range, the dispersion stability of the pigment body can be improved. Further, in the present invention, the SP value is a value obtained by the Hoy method. As a document of the Hoy method, HL Hoy: J. Paint Tech., 42 (540), 76-118 (1970) and SP value basis, application and calculation method (Shanmoto, Information Agency, 2005) can be preferably cited.

<<<分散劑>>> 本發明中,具有選自酸性基及鹼性基中的至少一種樹脂(樹脂A)用作分散劑為較佳。亦即,存在具有選自酸性基及鹼性基中的至少一種樹脂的情況下,本發明的著色組成物經由在有機顏料的表面的至少一部分分散具有金屬氧化物之顏料體的步驟來製造為較佳。 作為分散劑,例如可舉出嵌段共聚物、無規共聚物、接枝共聚物等,接枝共聚物為較佳。作為接枝共聚物可舉出上述者。 分散劑可舉出酸性分散劑(酸性樹脂)、鹼性分散劑(鹼性樹脂)。<<<Dispersant>>> In the present invention, it is preferred to use at least one resin (resin A) selected from the group consisting of an acidic group and a basic group as a dispersing agent. That is, in the case where at least one resin selected from the group consisting of an acidic group and a basic group is present, the colored composition of the present invention is produced by a step of dispersing a pigment body having a metal oxide on at least a part of the surface of the organic pigment. Preferably. The dispersing agent may, for example, be a block copolymer, a random copolymer or a graft copolymer, and a graft copolymer is preferred. The graft copolymer is exemplified above. Examples of the dispersant include an acidic dispersant (acidic resin) and an alkaline dispersant (basic resin).

分散劑可以僅適用於1種,亦可以併用2種以上。從分散穩定性的觀點考慮,僅使用1種分散劑為特佳。 本發明的著色組成物為含有2種以上的顏料體之組成物,2種以上的顏料體一同僅分散於酸性分散劑,或一同僅分散於鹼性分散劑為較佳。 併用2種以上的分散劑時,分散劑彼此的SP值之差為6(J/cm30.5 以下為較佳,0~4(J/cm30.5 為更佳。SP值之差在上述範圍內,則能夠提高顏料體的分散穩定性。 併用2種以上的分散劑時,分散劑實質上僅由酸性樹脂,或僅由鹼性樹脂構成為較佳。另外,分散劑實質上僅由酸性樹脂構成係指,例如相對於分散劑的總質量,酸性樹脂的比例為99質量%以上為較佳,99.5質量%以上為更佳,僅由酸性樹脂構成為進一步較佳。又,分散劑實質上僅由鹼性樹脂構成係指,例如相對於分散劑的總質量,鹼性樹脂的比例為99質量%以上為較佳,99.5質量%以上為更佳,僅由鹼性樹脂構成為進一步較佳。The dispersing agent may be used alone or in combination of two or more. From the viewpoint of dispersion stability, it is particularly preferable to use only one type of dispersant. The colored composition of the present invention is a composition containing two or more kinds of pigment bodies, and it is preferred that two or more kinds of pigment bodies are dispersed only in an acidic dispersant or dispersed together only in an alkaline dispersant. When two or more kinds of dispersants are used in combination, the difference in SP value between the dispersants is preferably 6 (J/cm 3 ) 0.5 or less, and more preferably 0 to 4 (J/cm 3 ) 0.5 . When the difference in SP value is within the above range, the dispersion stability of the pigment body can be improved. When two or more kinds of dispersing agents are used in combination, the dispersing agent is preferably composed of only an acidic resin or only an alkali resin. Further, the dispersant is substantially composed only of an acidic resin. For example, the ratio of the acidic resin to the total mass of the dispersant is preferably 99% by mass or more, more preferably 99.5% by mass or more, and only the acidic resin is used. Further preferred. Further, the dispersing agent is substantially composed only of a basic resin. For example, the ratio of the basic resin is preferably 99% by mass or more, more preferably 99.5% by mass or more, based on the total mass of the dispersing agent, and only alkaline. The resin composition is further preferable.

分散劑亦可作為市售品獲取,作為該種具體例,可舉出KUSUMOTO Chemicals,LTD.製造“DA-7301”;BYK Chemie 公司製造“DISPERBYK-101(聚醯胺-胺磷酸鹽)、107(羧酸酯)、110(含有酸性基之共聚物)、111(磷酸系分散劑)、130(聚醯胺)、161、162、163、164、165、166、168、170(高分子共聚物)、2164”、BYK-Chemie 公司製造“BYK-P104、P105(高分子量不飽和多羧酸)”、EFKA公司製造“EFKA4047、4050~4165(聚氨酯系)、EFKA4330~4340(嵌段共聚物)、4400~4402(改質聚丙烯酸酯)、5010(聚酯醯胺)、5765(高分子量聚羧酸鹽)、6220(脂肪酸聚酯)、6745(酞菁衍生物)、6750(偶氮顏料衍生物)”;AJINOMOTO FINE-TECHNO Co.,Inc製“AJISPER PB821、PB822、PB880、PB881”;KYOEISHA CHEMICAL CO.,LTD.製造“FLOWLEN TG-710(氨酯寡聚物)”、KYOEISHA CHEMICAL CO.,LTD.製造“POLYFLOW No.50E、No.300(丙烯酸系共聚物)”;KUSUMOTO Chemicals,Ltd.製造“DISPARLON KS-860、873SN、874、#2150(脂肪族多價羧酸)、#7004(聚醚酯)、DA-703-50、DA-705、DA-725”;KAO Corporation製造“DEMOL RN、N(萘磺酸福馬林縮聚物)、MS、C、SN-B(芳香族磺酸福馬林縮聚物)”、KAO Corporation製造“HOMOGENOL L-18(高分子聚羧酸)”、KAO Corporation製造“EMULGEN920、930、935、985(聚氧乙烯壬基苯基醚)”、KAO Corporation製造“ACETAMIN86(硬脂基胺乙酸鹽)”;LUBRIZOL JAPAN ,LTD.製造“SOLSPERSE5000(酞菁衍生物)、22000(偶氮顏料衍生物)、13240(聚酯胺)、3000、12000、17000、20000、27000(在末端部具有功能部之高分子)、24000、28000、32000、38500(接枝型高分子)”;Nikko Chemicals Co., Ltd.製造“NIKKOR T106(聚氧乙烯山梨糖醇單油酸酯)、MYS-IEX(聚氧乙烯單硬脂酸酯)”;KAWAKEN FINE CHEMICALS CO.,LTD.製造“HINOACT T-8000E”等;Shin-Etsu Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造“有機矽氧烷聚合物KP341”;MORISHITA&CO.,LTD.製造“EFKA-46、EFKA-47、EFKA-47EA、EFKA聚合物100、EFKA聚合物400、EFKA聚合物401、EFKA聚合物450”、SUN NOPCO LIMITED製“DISPERSE AID 6、DISPERSE AID 8、DISPERSE AID 15、DISPERSE AID 9100”;ADEKA CORPORATION製造“ADEKA PLURONIC L31、F38、L42、L44、L61、L64、F68、L72、P95、F77、P84、F87、P94、L101、P103、F108、L121、P-123”、以及SANYO CHEMICAL INDUSTRIES,LTD.製造“IONET(商品名稱)S-20”等。又,能夠使用FUJIKURAKASEI CO.,LTD.製造“Acryl baseFFS-6752、Acryl baseFFS-187、Akurikyua-RD-F8”;Daicel Corporation.製造“CYCLOMER P”。 另外,以上述分散劑進行說明之樹脂還能夠使用於分散劑以外的用途中。例如,能夠用作黏合劑。The dispersant can also be obtained as a commercial product. As a specific example, "DA-7301" manufactured by KUSUMOTO Chemicals, LTD.; "DISPERBYK-101 (polyamide-amine phosphate), 107 manufactured by BYK Chemie Co., Ltd.) (Carboxylic acid ester), 110 (acid group containing acid group), 111 (phosphate type dispersing agent), 130 (polyamide), 161, 162, 163, 164, 165, 166, 168, 170 (polymer copolymerization) ", 2164", "BYK-P104, P105 (high molecular weight unsaturated polycarboxylic acid)" manufactured by BYK-Chemie Co., Ltd., "EFKA4047, 4050-4165 (polyurethane system), EFKA 4330 to 4340 (block copolymer) manufactured by EFKA Co., Ltd. ), 4400 ~ 4402 (modified polyacrylate), 5010 (polyester decylamine), 5765 (high molecular weight polycarboxylate), 6220 (fatty acid polyester), 6745 (phthalocyanine derivative), 6750 (azo) "Phosphorus Derivatives""; "AJISPER PB821, PB822, PB880, PB881" manufactured by AJINOMOTO FINE-TECHNO Co., Inc.; "FLOWLEN TG-710 (urethane oligomer)", KYOEISHA CHEMICAL, manufactured by KYOEISHA CHEMICAL CO., LTD. CO., LTD. manufactures "POLYFLOW No. 50E, No. 300 (acrylic copolymer) Manufactured by KUSUMOTO Chemicals, Ltd. "DISPARLON KS-860, 873SN, 874, #2150 (aliphatic polyvalent carboxylic acid), #7004 (polyether ester), DA-703-50, DA-705, DA-725 "KM Corporation manufactures "DEMOL RN, N (formalin naphthalenesulfonate polycondensate), MS, C, SN-B (aromatic sulfonate fumarate polycondensate)", manufactured by KAO Corporation "HOMOGENOL L-18 (polymer) Polycarboxylate)", "EMULGEN 920, 930, 935, 985 (polyoxyethylene nonylphenyl ether)" manufactured by KAO Corporation, "ACETAMIN86 (stearylamine acetate)" manufactured by KAO Corporation; manufactured by LUBRIZOL JAPAN, LTD. "SOLSPERSE 5000 (phthalocyanine derivative), 22000 (azo pigment derivative), 13240 (polyesteramine), 3000, 12000, 17000, 20000, 27000 (polymer having a functional portion at the end), 24000, 28000, 32000, 38500 (grafted polymer)"; manufactured by Nikko Chemicals Co., Ltd. "NIKKOR T106 (polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate), MYS-IEX (polyoxyethylene monostearate)" ; KAWAKEN FINE CHEMICALS CO., LTD. manufactures "HINOACT T-8000E", etc.; Shin-Etsu Chemi "Organic siloxane polymer KP341" manufactured by cal Co., Ltd.; MORISHITA & CO., LTD. Manufacture "EFKA-46, EFKA-47, EFKA-47EA, EFKA polymer 100, EFKA polymer 400, EFKA polymer 401" EFKA Polymer 450", "DISPERSE AID 6, DISPERSE AID 8, DISPERSE AID 15, DISPERSE AID 9100" by SUN NOPCO LIMITED; "ADEKA PLURONIC L31, F38, L42, L44, L61, L64, F68, L72" manufactured by ADEKA CORPORATION "IONET (trade name) S-20" and the like are manufactured by P95, F77, P84, F87, P94, L101, P103, F108, L121, P-123", and SANYO CHEMICAL INDUSTRIES, LTD. Further, "Acryl base FFS-6752, Acryl base FFS-187, Akurikyua-RD-F8" can be produced using FUJIKURAKASEI CO., LTD.; "CYCLOMER P" can be manufactured by Daicel Corporation. Further, the resin described with the above dispersant can also be used in applications other than the dispersant. For example, it can be used as a binder.

<<<鹼可溶性樹脂>>> 本發明中,樹脂能夠使用分子中具有至少1個促進鹼可溶性之基團的樹脂(還稱為鹼可溶性樹脂)。另外,鹼可溶性樹脂亦可用作分散劑和黏合劑。<<<Alkali Soluble Resin>> In the present invention, a resin having a group having at least one group which promotes alkali solubility in a molecule (also referred to as an alkali-soluble resin) can be used as the resin. In addition, alkali-soluble resins can also be used as a dispersant and a binder.

作為鹼可溶性樹脂的分子量並無特別的限定,但重均分子量(Mw)為5000~100,000為較佳。又,數均分子量(Mn)為1000~20,000為較佳。 作為鹼可溶性樹脂,可以係線性有機高分子聚合物,亦可以從在分子(以丙烯酸系共聚物、苯乙烯系共聚物為主鏈之分子為較佳)中具有至少1個促進鹼可溶性之基團之鹼可溶性樹脂中適當地進行選擇。The molecular weight of the alkali-soluble resin is not particularly limited, but the weight average molecular weight (Mw) is preferably from 5,000 to 100,000. Further, the number average molecular weight (Mn) is preferably from 1,000 to 20,000. The alkali-soluble resin may be a linear organic high molecular polymer, or may have at least one base which promotes alkali solubility in a molecule (preferably a molecule having an acrylic copolymer or a styrene copolymer as a main chain). The alkaloid-soluble resin is appropriately selected.

作為鹼可溶性樹脂,從耐熱性的觀點考慮,聚羥基苯乙烯系樹脂、聚矽氧烷系樹脂、丙烯酸系樹脂、丙烯醯胺系樹脂、丙烯酸/丙烯醯胺共聚物樹脂為較佳,從控制顯影性之觀點考慮,丙烯酸系樹脂、丙烯醯胺系樹脂、丙烯酸/丙烯醯胺共聚物樹脂為較佳。 作為促進鹼可溶性之基團(以下,亦稱作酸性基),例如可舉出羧基、磷酸基、磺酸基、酚性羥基等,可溶於有機溶劑中,且可藉由弱鹼水溶液進行顯影者為較佳,作為特佳者可舉出(甲基)丙烯酸。該些酸性基可以僅為1種,亦可以為2種以上。As the alkali-soluble resin, a polyhydroxystyrene resin, a polyoxyalkylene resin, an acrylic resin, an acrylamide resin, or an acrylic/acrylamide copolymer resin is preferable from the viewpoint of heat resistance. From the viewpoint of developability, an acrylic resin, an acrylamide resin, and an acrylic/acrylamide copolymer resin are preferable. Examples of the group which promotes alkali solubility (hereinafter, also referred to as an acidic group) include a carboxyl group, a phosphoric acid group, a sulfonic acid group, and a phenolic hydroxyl group, and are soluble in an organic solvent, and can be carried out by a weak alkali aqueous solution. A developer is preferred, and a particularly preferred one is (meth)acrylic acid. These acidic groups may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

在製造鹼可溶性樹脂時,例如能夠適用基於公知的自由基聚合法之方法。用自由基聚合法製造鹼可溶性樹脂時的溫度、壓力、自由基起始劑的種類及其量、溶劑的種類等聚合條件可由本領域技術人員容易地設定,亦可以實驗性地設定條件。In the case of producing an alkali-soluble resin, for example, a method based on a known radical polymerization method can be applied. The polymerization conditions such as the temperature, the pressure, the type and amount of the radical initiator, and the kind of the solvent when the alkali-soluble resin is produced by the radical polymerization method can be easily set by those skilled in the art, and the conditions can be experimentally set.

作為鹼可溶性樹脂,在側鏈具有羧酸之聚合物為較佳,可舉出甲基丙烯酸共聚物、丙烯酸共聚物、衣康酸共聚物、巴豆酸共聚物、馬來酸共聚物、部分酯化馬來酸共聚物、酚醛清漆型樹脂等鹼可溶性酚樹脂等;在側鏈具有羧基之酸性纖維素衍生物、在具有羥基之聚合物上加成酸酐而成者。尤其是(甲基)丙烯酸和可與其共聚合之其他單體的共聚物作為鹼可溶性樹脂為較佳。作為可與(甲基)丙烯酸共聚合的其他單體,可舉出(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸芳基酯、乙烯基化合物等。作為(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯以及(甲基)丙烯酸芳基酯,可舉出(甲基)丙烯酸甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸戊酯、(甲基)丙烯酸己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸辛酯、(甲基)丙烯酸苯酯、(甲基)丙烯酸苄酯、(甲基)丙烯酸甲苯酯、(甲基)丙烯酸萘酯、(甲基)丙烯酸環己酯、甲基丙烯酸縮水甘油酯、甲基丙烯酸四氫糠酯等。作為乙烯基化合物,可舉出苯乙烯、α-甲基苯乙烯、乙烯基甲苯、丙烯腈、乙酸乙烯酯、N-乙烯基吡咯啶酮、聚苯乙烯巨單體、聚甲基丙烯酸甲酯巨單體等。作為日本特開平10-300922號公報中記載之N位取代馬來醯亞胺單體,可舉出N-苯基馬來醯亞胺、N-環己基馬來醯亞胺等。另外,可與該些(甲基)丙烯酸共聚合之其他單體可以僅為1種,亦可以為2種以上。As the alkali-soluble resin, a polymer having a carboxylic acid in a side chain is preferred, and examples thereof include a methacrylic acid copolymer, an acrylic copolymer, an itaconic acid copolymer, a crotonic acid copolymer, a maleic acid copolymer, and a partial ester. An alkali-soluble phenol resin such as a maleic acid copolymer or a novolac type resin; an acid cellulose derivative having a carboxyl group in a side chain; and an acid anhydride added to a polymer having a hydroxyl group. In particular, a copolymer of (meth)acrylic acid and another monomer copolymerizable therewith is preferred as the alkali-soluble resin. Examples of the other monomer copolymerizable with (meth)acrylic acid include an alkyl (meth)acrylate, an aryl (meth)acrylate, and a vinyl compound. Examples of the (meth)acrylic acid alkyl ester and the (meth)acrylic acid aryl ester include methyl (meth)acrylate, ethyl (meth)acrylate, propyl (meth)acrylate, and (methyl). Butyl acrylate, isobutyl (meth)acrylate, amyl (meth)acrylate, hexyl (meth)acrylate, octyl (meth)acrylate, phenyl (meth)acrylate, (meth)acrylic acid Benzyl ester, toluene (meth)acrylate, naphthyl (meth)acrylate, cyclohexyl (meth)acrylate, glycidyl methacrylate, tetrahydrofurfuryl methacrylate, and the like. Examples of the vinyl compound include styrene, α-methylstyrene, vinyltoluene, acrylonitrile, vinyl acetate, N-vinylpyrrolidone, polystyrene macromonomer, and polymethyl methacrylate. Giant monomer and so on. N-phenylmaleimide, N-cyclohexylmaleimide, and the like are mentioned as the N-substituted maleimide monomer described in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. Hei 10-300922. Further, the other monomers copolymerizable with the (meth)acrylic acid may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

又,為了提高本發明中之著色組成物的交聯效率,可以使用具有聚合性基團之鹼可溶性樹脂。作為聚合性基團,可舉出(甲基)烯丙基、(甲基)丙烯醯基等。具有聚合性基團之鹼可溶性樹脂中使用在側鏈含有聚合性基團之鹼可溶性樹脂等。 含有聚合性基團之鹼可溶性樹脂係如下樹脂為較佳:預先使異氰酸酯基與羥基反應並使1個未反應的異氰酸酯基殘留,且使含有(甲基)丙烯醯基等聚合性基團之化合物與含有羧基之丙烯酸系樹脂反應而得到之胺基甲酸酯改質之鹼可溶性樹脂;藉由含有羧基之丙烯酸系樹脂與分子內具有環氧基及聚合性雙鍵之化合物的反應而得到之鹼可溶性樹脂;酸側基(Acid pendant)型環氧丙烯酸酯樹脂;使含有羥基之丙烯酸樹脂與具有聚合性雙鍵之二元酸酐反應而得到之鹼可溶性樹脂;使含有羥基之丙烯酸樹脂與具有異氰酸酯基及聚合性基團之化合物反應而得到之鹼可溶性樹脂;日本特開2002-229207號公報及日本特開2003-335814號公報所記載之藉由對如下樹脂進行鹼性處理而得到之鹼可溶性樹脂,該樹脂在側鏈上具有在α位或β位具有鹵素原子或磺酸酯基等脫離基之酯基。 作為含有聚合性基團之鹼可溶性樹脂,可舉出DIANAL NR系列(Mitsubishi Rayon Co.,Ltd.製造)、Photomer6173(含COOH之polyurethane acrylic oligomer.Diamond Shamrock Co.,Ltd.製造)、VISCOAT R-264、KS RESIST 106(均為OSAKA ORGANIC CHEMICAL INDUSTRY LTD.製造)、CYCLOMER P系列(例如,ACA230AA)、PLACCEL CF200系列(均為DAICEL CHEMICAL INDUSTRIES CO.,LTD.製造)、Ebecryl3800(DAICEL UCB CO.,LTD.製造)、Akurikyua-RD-F8(NIPPON SHOKUBAI CO.,LTD.製造)等。Moreover, in order to improve the crosslinking efficiency of the coloring composition in the present invention, an alkali-soluble resin having a polymerizable group can be used. Examples of the polymerizable group include a (meth)allyl group and a (meth)acryl fluorenyl group. As the alkali-soluble resin having a polymerizable group, an alkali-soluble resin or the like containing a polymerizable group in a side chain is used. The alkali-soluble resin containing a polymerizable group is preferably a resin obtained by reacting an isocyanate group with a hydroxyl group and leaving one unreacted isocyanate group in advance, and containing a polymerizable group such as a (meth)acryl fluorenyl group. An alkali-soluble resin modified with a urethane obtained by reacting a compound with a carboxyl group-containing acrylic resin; obtained by a reaction of a carboxyl group-containing acrylic resin with a compound having an epoxy group and a polymerizable double bond in the molecule An alkali-soluble resin; an acid pendant acrylic epoxy resin; an alkali-soluble resin obtained by reacting a hydroxyl group-containing acrylic resin with a dibasic acid anhydride having a polymerizable double bond; and a hydroxyl group-containing acrylic resin and An alkali-soluble resin obtained by reacting a compound having an isocyanate group and a polymerizable group; and the following resin is obtained by alkaline treatment as described in JP-A-2002-229207 and JP-A-2003-335814 An alkali-soluble resin having an ester group having a leaving group such as a halogen atom or a sulfonate group at the α-position or the β-position in the side chain. Examples of the alkali-soluble resin containing a polymerizable group include DIANAL NR series (manufactured by Mitsubishi Rayon Co., Ltd.), Photomer 6173 (polyurethane acrylic oligomer containing COOH, manufactured by Diamond Shamrock Co., Ltd.), and VISCOAT R- 264, KS RESIST 106 (both manufactured by OSAKA ORGANIC CHEMICAL INDUSTRY LTD.), CYCLOMER P series (for example, ACA230AA), PLACCEL CF200 series (all manufactured by DAICEL CHEMICAL INDUSTRIES CO., LTD.), and Ebecryl 3800 (DAICEL UCB CO., LTD., manufactured by Akurikyua-RD-F8 (manufactured by NIPPON SHOKUBAI CO., LTD.).

鹼可溶性樹脂可較佳地使用(甲基)丙烯酸苄酯/(甲基)丙烯酸共聚物、(甲基)丙烯酸苄酯/(甲基)丙烯酸/(甲基)丙烯酸-2-羥基乙酯共聚物、由(甲基)丙烯酸苄酯/(甲基)丙烯酸/其他單體構成之多元共聚物。又,亦可以較佳使用將(甲基)丙烯酸-2-羥基乙酯共聚合而成者,日本特開平7-140654號公報中記載之(甲基)丙烯酸-2-羥基丙酯/聚苯乙烯巨單體/甲基丙烯酸苄酯/甲基丙烯酸共聚物,丙烯酸-2-羥基-3-苯氧基丙酯/聚甲基丙烯酸甲酯巨單體/甲基丙烯酸苄酯/甲基丙烯酸共聚物,甲基丙烯酸-2-羥基乙酯/聚苯乙烯巨單體/甲基丙烯酸甲酯/甲基丙烯酸共聚物,甲基丙烯酸-2-羥基乙酯/聚苯乙烯巨單體/甲基丙烯酸苄酯/甲基丙烯酸共聚物等。As the alkali-soluble resin, benzyl (meth)acrylate/(meth)acrylic acid copolymer, benzyl (meth)acrylate/(meth)acrylic acid/(meth)acrylic acid-2-hydroxyethyl copolymer may be preferably used. a multicomponent copolymer composed of benzyl (meth)acrylate/(meth)acrylic acid/other monomer. Further, a copolymer of 2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate may be preferably used, and 2-hydroxypropyl (meth)acrylate/polyphenyl group described in JP-A-7-140654 Ethylene macromonomer/benzyl methacrylate/methacrylic acid copolymer, 2-hydroxy-3-phenoxypropyl acrylate/polymethyl methacrylate macromonomer/benzyl methacrylate/methacrylic acid Copolymer, 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate/polystyrene macromonomer/methyl methacrylate/methacrylic acid copolymer, 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate/polystyrene macromonomer/A Benzyl acrylate / methacrylic acid copolymer and the like.

鹼可溶性樹脂含有聚合物(a)亦較佳,該聚合物(a)藉由將含有由下述通式(ED1)表示之化合物和/或由下述通式(ED2)表示之化合物(以下,有時亦將該些化合物稱作“醚二聚物”)之單體成分聚合而構成。It is also preferred that the alkali-soluble resin contains a polymer (a) which contains a compound represented by the following formula (ED1) and/or a compound represented by the following formula (ED2) (below) Further, the monomer components of these compounds are sometimes referred to as "ether dimers".

【化學式7】 [Chemical Formula 7]

通式(ED1)中,R1 以及R2 分別獨立地表示氫原子或可以具有取代基之碳原子數為1~25的烴基。 【化學式8】通式(ED2)中,R表示氫原子或碳原子數為1~30的有機基。作為通式(ED2)的具體例,可以參閱日本特開2010-168539號公報的記載。In the formula (ED1), R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms which may have a substituent. [Chemical Formula 8] In the formula (ED2), R represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms. Specific examples of the general formula (ED2) can be referred to the description of JP-A-2010-168539.

通式(ED1)中,作為由R1 以及R2 表示之可以具有取代基之碳原子數為1~25的烴基並無特別的限制,例如可舉出甲基、乙基、正丙基、異丙基、正丁基、異丁基、叔丁基、叔戊基、硬脂基、月桂基、2-乙基己基等直鏈狀或支鏈狀的烷基;苯基等芳基;環己基、叔丁基環己基、二環戊二烯基、三環癸烷基、異冰片基、金剛烷基、2-甲基-2-金剛烷基等脂環式基團;經1-甲氧基乙基、1-乙氧基乙基等烷氧基取代之烷基;經苄基等芳基取代之烷基等。其中,從耐熱性的觀點考慮,尤其如甲基、乙基、環己基、苄基等不易因酸或熱而脫離之一級或二級碳的取代基為較佳。In the general formula (ED1), the hydrocarbon group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms which may have a substituent represented by R 1 and R 2 is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a methyl group, an ethyl group, and a n-propyl group. a linear or branched alkyl group such as isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, tert-amyl, stearyl, lauryl or 2-ethylhexyl; an aryl group such as phenyl; An alicyclic group such as cyclohexyl, tert-butylcyclohexyl, dicyclopentadienyl, tricyclodecyl, isobornyl, adamantyl or 2-methyl-2-adamantyl; An alkyl group substituted with an alkoxy group such as a methoxyethyl group or a 1-ethoxyethyl group; an alkyl group substituted with an aryl group such as a benzyl group or the like. Among them, from the viewpoint of heat resistance, a substituent such as a methyl group, an ethyl group, a cyclohexyl group or a benzyl group which is not easily desorbed from a primary or secondary carbon by acid or heat is preferred.

作為醚二聚物的具體例,例如可參閱日本特開2013-29760號公報的段落號0317,該內容併入本說明書中。醚二聚物可以僅為1種,亦可以為2種以上。源自由通式(ED)表示之化合物的結構體亦可以使其他單體共聚合。Specific examples of the ether dimer can be referred to, for example, in paragraph 0317 of JP-A-2013-29760, which is incorporated herein by reference. The ether dimer may be used alone or in combination of two or more. The structure of the compound represented by the free radical formula (ED) may also copolymerize other monomers.

鹼可溶性樹脂亦可以含有源自由下述式(X)表示之化合物之結構單元。 【化學式9】在式(X)中,R1 表示氫原子或甲基,R2 表示碳原子數為2~10的伸烷基,R3 表示氫原子或可以含有苯環的碳原子數為1~20的烷基。n表示1~15的整數。The alkali-soluble resin may also contain a structural unit derived from a compound represented by the following formula (X). [Chemical Formula 9] In the formula (X), R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, R 2 represents an alkylene group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms, and R 3 represents a hydrogen atom or may have a benzene ring having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. alkyl. n represents an integer of 1 to 15.

在上述式(X)中,R2 的伸烷基的碳原子數為2~3為較佳。又,R3 的烷基的碳原子數為1~20,1~10為更佳,R3 的烷基亦可以含有苯環。作為由R3 表示之含有苯環之碳原子數為1~20的烷基,可舉出苄基、2-苯基(異)丙基等。In the above formula (X), the alkylene group of R 2 has preferably 2 to 3 carbon atoms. Further, the alkyl group of R 3 has 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and the alkyl group of R 3 may contain a benzene ring. The alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms and containing a benzene ring represented by R 3 may, for example, be a benzyl group or a 2-phenyl(iso)propyl group.

鹼可溶性樹脂可以參閱日本特開2012-208494號公報的段落號0558~0571(對應之美國專利申請公開第2012/0235099號說明書的段落號0685~0700)之後的記載,將該些內容併入本說明書中。 另外,亦可使用日本特開2012-32767號公報中記載之段落號0029~0063中記載之共聚物(B)以及實施例中使用之鹼可溶性樹脂、日本特開2012-208474號公報的段落號0088~0098中記載之黏合劑樹脂以及實施例中使用之黏合劑樹脂、日本特開2012-137531號公報的段落號0022~0032中記載之黏合劑樹脂以及在實施例中使用之黏合劑樹脂、日本特開2013-024934號公報的段落號0132~0143中記載之黏合劑樹脂以及在實施例中使用之黏合劑樹脂、日本特開2011-242752號公報的段落號0092~0098中記載之黏合劑樹脂以及實施例中使用之黏合劑樹脂、日本特開2012-032770號公報的段落號0030~0072中記載之黏合劑樹脂。將該些內容併入本申請案說明書中。The alkali-soluble resin can be referred to the following paragraphs of JP-A No. 2012-208494, paragraphs 0558 to 0571 (paragraphs 0685 to 0700 of the specification of the corresponding US Patent Application Publication No. 2012/0235099), and the contents are incorporated herein. In the manual. In addition, the copolymer (B) described in paragraphs 0029 to 0063 described in JP-A-2012-32767, and the alkali-soluble resin used in the examples, and the paragraph number of JP-A-2012-208474 can be used. The adhesive resin described in 0088 to 0098 and the adhesive resin used in the examples, the adhesive resin described in paragraphs 0022 to 0032 of JP-A-2012-137531, and the adhesive resin used in the examples, The adhesive resin described in paragraphs 0132 to 0143 of JP-A-2013-024934, and the adhesive resin used in the examples, and the adhesives described in paragraphs 0092 to 0098 of JP-A-2011-242752 The resin and the binder resin used in the examples, and the binder resin described in paragraphs 0030 to 0072 of JP-A-2012-032770. This is incorporated into the specification of the present application.

鹼可溶性樹脂的酸值為30~500mgKOH/g為較佳。下限為50mgKOH/g以上為更佳,70mgKOH/g以上為進一步較佳。上限為400mgKOH/g以下為更佳,200mgKOH/g以下為進一步較佳,150mgKOH/g以下為特佳,120mgKOH/g以下為更進一步較佳。The acid value of the alkali-soluble resin is preferably from 30 to 500 mgKOH/g. The lower limit is more preferably 50 mgKOH/g or more, and more preferably 70 mgKOH/g or more. The upper limit is preferably 400 mgKOH/g or less, more preferably 200 mgKOH/g or less, particularly preferably 150 mgKOH/g or less, and even more preferably 120 mgKOH/g or less.

在著色組成物含有鹼可溶性樹脂之情況下,鹼可溶性樹脂的含量相對於著色組成物的總固體成分為1~15質量%為較佳,2~12質量%為更佳,3~10質量%為進一步較佳。本發明的著色組成物可以僅含有1種鹼可溶性樹脂,亦可以含有2種以上。在含有2種以上鹼可溶性樹脂時,其總量成為上述範圍為較佳。When the coloring composition contains an alkali-soluble resin, the content of the alkali-soluble resin is preferably 1 to 15% by mass based on the total solid content of the coloring composition, more preferably 2 to 12% by mass, and 3 to 10% by mass. It is further preferred. The colored composition of the present invention may contain only one type of alkali-soluble resin, or may contain two or more types. When two or more types of alkali-soluble resins are contained, the total amount thereof is preferably in the above range.

<<溶劑>> 本發明的著色組成物含有溶劑為較佳。 溶劑只要滿足著色組成物的塗佈性,則基本上沒有特別的限制。溶劑可根據用途適當選擇。<<Solvent>> The coloring composition of the present invention preferably contains a solvent. The solvent is not particularly limited as long as it satisfies the coatability of the colored composition. The solvent can be appropriately selected depending on the use.

作為溶劑,可舉出水、有機溶劑。 水使用脫離子水亦即離子交換水、蒸餾水等為較佳。又,依所使用之材料還可使用中性、鹼性、酸性水。 作為有機溶劑可舉出如下:亦即作為酯類,例如可舉出乙酸乙酯、乙酸正丁酯、乙酸異丁酯、乙酸環己酯、甲酸戊酯、乙酸異戊酯、丙酸丁酯、丁酸異丙酯、丁酸乙酯、丁酸丁酯、乳酸甲酯、乳酸乙酯、氧基乙酸烷基酯類(例:氧基乙酸甲酯、氧基乙酸乙酯、氧基乙酸丁酯(例如,甲氧基乙酸甲酯、甲氧基乙酸乙酯、甲氧基乙酸丁酯、乙氧基乙酸甲酯、乙氧基乙酸乙酯等))、3-氧基丙酸烷基酯類(例:3-氧基丙酸甲酯、3-氧基丙酸乙酯等(例如,3-甲氧基丙酸甲酯、3-甲氧基丙酸乙酯、3-乙氧基丙酸甲酯、3-乙氧基丙酸乙酯等))、2-氧基丙酸烷基酯類(例:2-氧基丙酸甲酯、2-氧基丙酸乙酯、2-氧基丙酸丙酯等(例如,2-甲氧基丙酸甲酯、2-甲氧基丙酸乙酯、2-甲氧基丙酸丙酯、2-乙氧基丙酸甲酯、2-乙氧基丙酸乙酯))、2-氧基-2-甲基丙酸甲酯以及2-氧基-2-甲基丙酸乙酯(例如,2-甲氧基-2-甲基丙酸甲酯、2-乙氧基-2-甲基丙酸乙酯等)、丙酮酸甲酯、丙酮酸乙酯、丙酮酸丙酯、乙醯乙酸甲酯、乙醯乙酸乙酯、2-丁酮酸甲酯、2-丁酮酸乙酯等;作為醚類,例如可舉出二乙二醇二甲醚、四氫呋喃、乙二醇單甲醚、乙二醇單乙醚、甲基溶纖劑乙酸酯、乙基溶纖劑乙酸酯、二乙二醇單甲醚、二乙二醇單乙醚、乙基卡必醇乙酸酯(二乙二醇單乙醚乙酸酯)、二乙二醇單丁醚、丁基卡必醇乙酸酯(二乙二醇單丁醚乙酸酯)、丙二醇單甲醚、丙二醇甲醚乙酸酯、丙二醇乙醚乙酸酯、丙二醇丙醚乙酸酯等;作為酮類,例如可舉出甲基乙基酮、環己酮、環戊酮、2-庚酮、3-庚酮等;作為芳香族烴類,例如可舉出甲苯、二甲苯等。Examples of the solvent include water and an organic solvent. It is preferred that the water use deionized water, that is, ion-exchanged water, distilled water or the like. Further, neutral, alkaline, and acidic water can be used depending on the materials used. The organic solvent may, for example, be an ester, and examples thereof include ethyl acetate, n-butyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, cyclohexyl acetate, amyl formate, isoamyl acetate, and butyl propionate. , isopropyl butyrate, ethyl butyrate, butyl butyrate, methyl lactate, ethyl lactate, alkyl oxyacetate (eg methyl oxyacetate, ethyl oxyacetate, oxyacetic acid) Butyl ester (for example, methyl methoxyacetate, ethyl methoxyacetate, butyl methoxyacetate, methyl ethoxyacetate, ethyl ethoxyacetate, etc.), 3-oxypropionic acid Base esters (for example: methyl 3-oxypropionate, ethyl 3-oxypropionate, etc. (for example, methyl 3-methoxypropionate, ethyl 3-methoxypropionate, 3-ethyl) Methyl oxypropionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, etc.), alkyl 2-oxopropionate (eg methyl 2-oxypropionate, ethyl 2-oxypropionate) , propyl 2-oxypropionate, etc. (for example, methyl 2-methoxypropionate, ethyl 2-methoxypropionate, propyl 2-methoxypropionate, 2-ethoxypropionic acid Methyl ester, ethyl 2-ethoxypropionate), methyl 2-oxy-2-methylpropanoate and 2-oxy-2-methyl Ethyl propyl propionate (for example, methyl 2-methoxy-2-methylpropionate, ethyl 2-ethoxy-2-methylpropionate, etc.), methyl pyruvate, ethyl pyruvate, Propyl pyruvate, methyl acetate methyl acetate, ethyl acetate ethyl acetate, methyl 2-butyrate acid, ethyl 2-butyrate acid, etc.; as the ether, for example, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, Tetrahydrofuran, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, methyl cellosolve acetate, ethyl cellosolve acetate, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, ethyl Carbitol acetate (diethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate), diethylene glycol monobutyl ether, butyl carbitol acetate (diethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate), propylene glycol monomethyl Ether, propylene glycol methyl ether acetate, propylene glycol diethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol propyl ether acetate, etc.; examples of the ketones include methyl ethyl ketone, cyclohexanone, cyclopentanone, and 2-heptanone. 3-heptanone or the like; examples of the aromatic hydrocarbons include toluene and xylene.

從改善進樹脂等的溶解性、塗佈面狀等觀點考慮,該等溶劑混合2種以上亦較佳。例如,由選自3-乙氧基丙酸甲酯、3-乙氧基丙酸乙酯、乙基溶纖劑乙酸酯、乳酸乙酯、二乙二醇醇二甲醚、乙酸丁酯、3-甲氧基丙酸甲酯、2-庚酮、環戊酮、環己酮、乙基卡必醇乙酸酯、丁基卡必醇乙酸酯、丙二醇甲醚及丙二醇甲醚乙酸酯中之2種以上構成之混合溶液為較佳。From the viewpoint of improving the solubility of the resin or the like, the coating surface, and the like, it is also preferred to mix two or more of these solvents. For example, selected from methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl cellosolve acetate, ethyl lactate, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, butyl acetate , 3-methoxypropionic acid methyl ester, 2-heptanone, cyclopentanone, cyclohexanone, ethyl carbitol acetate, butyl carbitol acetate, propylene glycol methyl ether and propylene glycol methyl ether A mixed solution of two or more kinds of acid esters is preferred.

又,本發明中,溶劑能夠較佳地使用水或水與水溶性有機溶劑的混合物。另外,本發明中,水溶性有機溶劑係指,相對於20℃的水100g,溶解1g以上之有機溶劑。作為水溶性有機溶劑的具體例,可舉出如下:甲醇、乙醇、丙醇、異丙醇、丁醇、異丁醇、仲丁醇、叔丁醇、戊醇、己醇、環己醇、苄醇等醇類、乙二醇、二乙二醇、三乙二醇、聚乙二醇、丙二醇、二丙二醇、聚丙二醇、丁二醇、己二醇、戊二醇、甘油、己三醇、硫二甘醇等多元醇、乙二醇單甲醚、乙二醇單乙醚、乙二醇單丁醚、二乙二醇單甲醚、二乙二醇單丁醚、丙二醇單甲醚、丙二醇單丁醚、二丙二醇單甲醚、三乙二醇單甲醚、乙二醇二乙酸酯、乙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯、三乙二醇單乙醚、乙二醇單苯醚等的乙二醇衍生物、乙醇胺、二乙醇胺、三乙醇胺、N-甲基二乙醇胺、N-乙基乙醇胺、嗎啉、N-乙基嗎啉、乙二胺、二亞乙基三胺、三亞乙基四胺、聚乙烯亞胺、四甲基丙二胺等的胺、甲醯胺、N,N-二甲基甲醯胺、N,N-二甲基乙醯胺、二甲亞砜、環丁砜、2-吡咯烷酮、N-甲基-2-吡咯烷酮、N-乙烯-2-吡咯烷酮、2-惡唑烷酮、1,3-二甲基-2-咪唑啉酮、乙腈、丙酮等。Further, in the present invention, the solvent can preferably be water or a mixture of water and a water-soluble organic solvent. In the present invention, the water-soluble organic solvent means that 1 g or more of the organic solvent is dissolved with respect to 100 g of water at 20 °C. Specific examples of the water-soluble organic solvent include methanol, ethanol, propanol, isopropanol, butanol, isobutanol, sec-butanol, tert-butanol, pentanol, hexanol, and cyclohexanol. Alcohols such as benzyl alcohol, ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, triethylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, propylene glycol, dipropylene glycol, polypropylene glycol, butanediol, hexanediol, pentanediol, glycerin, hexanetriol Polyols such as thiodiglycol, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, Propylene glycol monobutyl ether, dipropylene glycol monomethyl ether, triethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol diacetate, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, triethylene glycol monoethyl ether, ethylene glycol monophenyl ether Ethylene glycol derivatives, ethanolamine, diethanolamine, triethanolamine, N-methyldiethanolamine, N-ethylethanolamine, morpholine, N-ethylmorpholine, ethylenediamine, diethylenetriamine, An amine such as triethylenetetramine, polyethyleneimine or tetramethylpropanediamine, formamide, N,N-dimethylformamide, N,N-dimethylacetamide, dimethylene Sulfone, sulfolane, 2 Pyrrolidone, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N-vinyl-2-pyrrolidone, 2-oxazolidinone, 1,3-dimethyl-2-imidazolidinone, acetonitrile, acetone, and the like.

溶劑中過氧化物的含有率為0.8mmol/L以下為較佳,使用實質上不含過氧化物之溶劑為較佳。 又,作為溶劑,使用金屬含量較少之有機溶劑為較佳,例如有機溶劑的金屬含量為10ppb以下為較佳。根據需要可以使用有機溶劑的金屬含量為ppt級者,該種高純度溶劑例如由Toyo Gosei Co., Ltd.提供(化學工業日報、2015年11月13日)。The content of the peroxide in the solvent is preferably 0.8 mmol/L or less, and a solvent containing substantially no peroxide is preferably used. Further, as the solvent, an organic solvent having a small metal content is preferably used. For example, the metal content of the organic solvent is preferably 10 ppb or less. The metal content of the organic solvent may be used as the ppt level as needed, and the high purity solvent is supplied, for example, by Toyo Gosei Co., Ltd. (Chemical Industry Daily, November 13, 2015).

本發明的著色組成物含有2種以上的溶劑時,組合使用SP值之差為6(J/cm30.5 以下之溶劑為較佳。SP值之差為5(J/cm30.5 以下為更佳,0~4(J/cm30.5 為進一步較佳。 又,著色組成物中所含有之樹脂的SP值與溶劑的SP值之差為6(J/cm30.5 以下為較佳,0~5(J/cm30.5 更為佳。When the coloring composition of the present invention contains two or more kinds of solvents, a solvent having a difference in SP value of 6 (J/cm 3 ) 0.5 or less is preferably used in combination. The difference in SP value is 5 (J/cm 3 ) 0.5 or less is more preferable, and 0 to 4 (J/cm 3 ) 0.5 is further preferable. Further, the difference between the SP value of the resin contained in the colored composition and the SP value of the solvent is preferably 6 (J/cm 3 ) 0.5 or less, more preferably 0 to 5 (J/cm 3 ) 0.5 .

從塗佈性的觀點考慮,溶劑的含量中著色組成物的總固體成分濃度成為5~80質量%之量為較佳。下限例如為10質量%以上為更佳。上限例如為60質量%以下為更佳,50質量%以下為進一步較佳。 本發明的著色組成物中,可以僅含有1種溶劑,亦可以含有2種以上。含有2種以上時,其合計量成為上述範圍為較佳。From the viewpoint of coating properties, the total solid content concentration of the colored composition in the solvent content is preferably from 5 to 80% by mass. The lower limit is, for example, 10% by mass or more, more preferably. The upper limit is, for example, 60% by mass or less, more preferably 50% by mass or less. The colored composition of the present invention may contain only one type of solvent, or may contain two or more types. When two or more types are contained, the total amount thereof is preferably in the above range.

<<聚合性化合物>> 本發明的著色組成物中含有聚合性化合物為較佳。作為聚合性化合物能夠使用公知的化合物。例如,可舉出含有具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團、環狀醚(環氧、氧雜環丁烷)基、羥甲基等之化合物。作為具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團,可舉出乙烯基、(甲基)烯丙基、(甲基)丙烯醯基等。本發明中,聚合性化合物係光聚合性化合物為較佳。<<Polymerizable Compound>> The colored composition of the present invention preferably contains a polymerizable compound. A known compound can be used as the polymerizable compound. For example, a compound containing a group having an ethylenically unsaturated bond, a cyclic ether (epoxy group, oxetane) group, or a methylol group can be given. Examples of the group having an ethylenically unsaturated bond include a vinyl group, a (meth)allyl group, and a (meth)acryl fluorenyl group. In the present invention, a polymerizable compound is preferably a photopolymerizable compound.

聚合性化合物例如可以為單體、預聚物(二聚物、三聚物以及寡聚物或該些混合物以及該些多聚物)等化學形態中的任一個。聚合性化合物為單體為較佳。 聚合性化合物的分子量為100~3000為較佳,為250~1500為更佳。 聚合性化合物為3~15官能的(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物為較佳,3~6官能的(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物為更佳。 作為單體、預聚物的例子,可舉出不飽和羧酸(例如,丙烯酸、甲基丙烯酸、衣康酸、巴豆酸、異巴豆酸、馬來酸等)及其酯類、其醯胺類以及該等的多聚物,較佳為不飽和羧酸與脂肪族多元醇化合物的酯、不飽和羧酸與脂肪族多元胺化合物的醯胺類、以及該等的多聚物。並且,亦可以適當地使用具有羥基、胺基、巰基等親核性取代基之不飽和羧酸酯或醯胺類與單官能或多官能異氰酸酯類或環氧類的加成反應物、以及與單官能或多官能的羧酸的脫水縮合反應物等。並且,具有異氰酸酯基、環氧基等親電子性取代基之不飽和羧酸酯或醯胺類與單官能或多官能的醇類、胺類、硫醇類的反應物亦較佳。具有鹵素基或甲苯磺醯氧基等脫離性取代基之不飽和羧酸酯或醯胺類與單官能或多官能的醇類、胺類、硫醇類的反應物亦較佳。並且,代替上述不飽和羧酸,亦可以使用取代為不飽和膦酸、苯乙烯等乙烯基苯衍生物、乙烯基醚、烯丙基醚等之化合物群。 作為該等的具體化合物,本發明中亦可以適當地使用日本特開2009-288705號公報的段落號0095~0108所記載之化合物。The polymerizable compound may be, for example, any one of a chemical form such as a monomer or a prepolymer (dimer, trimer, and oligomer or the mixture and the plurality of polymers). The polymerizable compound is preferably a monomer. The molecular weight of the polymerizable compound is preferably from 100 to 3,000, more preferably from 250 to 1,500. The polymerizable compound is preferably a 3- to 15-functional (meth) acrylate compound, and more preferably a 3- to 6-functional (meth) acrylate compound. Examples of the monomer and the prepolymer include unsaturated carboxylic acids (for example, acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, itaconic acid, crotonic acid, isocrotonic acid, maleic acid, etc.) and esters thereof, and decylamines thereof. The class and the above-mentioned polymer are preferably esters of an unsaturated carboxylic acid and an aliphatic polyol compound, amides of an unsaturated carboxylic acid and an aliphatic polyamine compound, and the like. Further, an unsaturated carboxylic acid ester having a nucleophilic substituent such as a hydroxyl group, an amine group or a fluorenyl group, or an addition reaction product of a monofunctional or polyfunctional isocyanate or epoxy group, and A dehydration condensation reaction product of a monofunctional or polyfunctional carboxylic acid or the like. Further, a reaction product of an unsaturated carboxylic acid ester or a guanamine having an electrophilic substituent such as an isocyanate group or an epoxy group with a monofunctional or polyfunctional alcohol, an amine or a thiol is also preferable. A reaction product of an unsaturated carboxylic acid ester or a guanamine having a detachable substituent such as a halogen group or a tosyloxy group with a monofunctional or polyfunctional alcohol, an amine or a thiol is also preferred. Further, in place of the above unsaturated carboxylic acid, a compound group substituted with a vinylbenzene derivative such as an unsaturated phosphonic acid or styrene, a vinyl ether or an allyl ether may be used. As the specific compound, the compound described in paragraphs 0095 to 0108 of JP-A-2009-288705 can also be suitably used in the present invention.

在本發明中,作為聚合性化合物,含有1個以上具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團、且在常壓下具有100℃以上的沸點之化合物亦為較佳。作為其例子,例如可以參閱在日本特開2013-29760號公報的段落號0227、日本特開2008-292970號公報的段落號0254~0257中記載之化合物,並將該內容併入本說明書中。In the present invention, a compound having one or more groups having an ethylenically unsaturated bond and having a boiling point of 100 ° C or higher at normal pressure is also preferable as the polymerizable compound. For example, the compound described in Paragraph No. 0227 of JP-A-2013-29760, and paragraphs 0254 to 0257 of JP-A-2008-292970 can be referred to, and the contents are incorporated in the present specification.

聚合性化合物較佳為二季戊四醇三丙烯酸酯(市售品為KAYARAD D-330;NIPPON KAYAKU CO.,LTD.製造)、二季戊四醇四丙烯酸酯(市售品為KAYARAD D-320;NIPPON KAYAKU CO.,LTD.製造)、二季戊四醇五(甲基)丙烯酸酯(市售品為KAYARAD D-310;NIPPON KAYAKU CO.,LTD.製造)、二季戊四醇六(甲基)丙烯酸酯(市售品為KAYARAD DPHA;NIPPON KAYAKU CO.,LTD.製造、A-DPH-12E;SHIN-NAKAMURA CHEMICAL CO.,LTD.製造)、以及該等之(甲基)丙烯醯基經由乙二醇殘基、丙二醇殘基鍵結之結構(例如由SARTOMER Company,Inc.市售之SR454、SR499)。亦可以使用該等的寡聚物類型。又,亦可使用NK酯A-TMMT(季戊四醇四丙烯酸酯SHIN-NAKAMURA CHEMICAL CO.,LTD.製造)KAYARAD RP-1040(NIPPON KAYAKU CO.,LTD.製造)等。又,亦可使用SARTOMER Company,Inc.市售之SR339A(2-苯氧基乙基丙烯酸酯)、CD420(3,3,5-三甲基環己酯)、SR395(丙烯酸異葵酯)、BASF公司市售之NVC(N-乙烯基己內醯胺)。 以下表示較佳的聚合性化合物的態樣。The polymerizable compound is preferably dipentaerythritol triacrylate (commercially available as KAYARAD D-330; manufactured by NIPPON KAYAKU CO., LTD.) or dipentaerythritol tetraacrylate (commercially available as KAYARAD D-320; NIPPON KAYAKU CO.). , manufactured by LTD.), dipentaerythritol penta (meth) acrylate (commercially available as KAYARAD D-310; manufactured by NIPPON KAYAKU CO., LTD.), dipentaerythritol hexa(meth) acrylate (commercially available as KAYARAD) DPHA; manufactured by NIPPON KAYAKU CO., LTD., manufactured by A-DPH-12E; manufactured by SHIN-NAKAMURA CHEMICAL CO., LTD., and the (meth)acryloyl group via ethylene glycol residue, propylene glycol residue The structure of the bond (for example, SR454, SR499, marketed by SARTOMER Company, Inc.). These types of oligomers can also be used. Further, NK ester A-TMMT (manufactured by Pentaerythritol tetraacrylate SHIN-NAKAMURA CHEMICAL CO., LTD.) KAYARAD RP-1040 (manufactured by NIPPON KAYAKU CO., LTD.) or the like can be used. Further, SR339A (2-phenoxyethyl acrylate), CD420 (3,3,5-trimethylcyclohexyl ester), SR395 (isobutyl acrylate) commercially available from SARTOMER Company, Inc., may also be used. NVC (N-vinyl caprolactam) commercially available from BASF Corporation. The aspect of the preferred polymerizable compound is shown below.

聚合性化合物可以具有羧基、磺酸基、磷酸基等酸性基。作為具有酸性基之聚合性化合物,脂肪族多羥基化合物與不飽和羧酸的酯為較佳,使非芳香族羧酸酐與脂肪族多羥基化合物的未反應的羥基反應而具有酸性基之聚合性化合物為更佳,該酯中脂肪族多羥基化合物為季戊四醇和/或二季戊四醇者為特佳。作為市售品,例如可舉出TOAGOSEI CO.,LTD.製造ARONIX TO-2349、M-305、M-510、M-520等。The polymerizable compound may have an acidic group such as a carboxyl group, a sulfonic acid group or a phosphoric acid group. As the polymerizable compound having an acidic group, an ester of an aliphatic polyhydroxy compound and an unsaturated carboxylic acid is preferred, and a non-aromatic carboxylic anhydride is reacted with an unreacted hydroxyl group of the aliphatic polyhydroxy compound to have an acidic group. More preferably, the compound is particularly preferred in the case where the aliphatic polyhydroxy compound is pentaerythritol and/or dipentaerythritol. As a commercial item, for example, ARONIX TO-2349, M-305, M-510, M-520, etc. are manufactured by TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.

作為具有酸性基之聚合性化合物的酸值,0.1~40mgKOH/g為較佳,5~30mgKOH/g為特佳。若聚合性化合物的酸值為0.1mgKOH/g以上,則顯影溶解特性良好,若為40mgKOH/g以下,則在製造和處理上有利。進而,光聚合性良好且硬化性良好。The acid value of the polymerizable compound having an acidic group is preferably from 0.1 to 40 mgKOH/g, and particularly preferably from 5 to 30 mgKOH/g. When the acid value of the polymerizable compound is 0.1 mgKOH/g or more, the development and dissolution characteristics are good, and when it is 40 mgKOH/g or less, it is advantageous in terms of production and handling. Further, the photopolymerizability is good and the curability is good.

聚合性化合物中具有己內酯結構之化合物亦為較佳態樣。 作為具有己內酯結構之化合物,只要在分子內具有己內酯結構則無特別的限定,例如可舉出ε-己內酯改質多官能(甲基)丙烯酸酯,該ε-己內酯改質多官能(甲基)丙烯酸酯可以藉由將三羥甲基乙烷、二-三羥甲基乙烷、三羥甲基丙烷、二-三羥甲基丙烷、季戊四醇、二季戊四醇、三季戊四醇、甘油、二甘油、三羥甲基三聚氰胺等多元醇與(甲基)丙烯酸以及ε-己內酯加以酯化而得到。其中,具有由下述通式(Z-1)表示之己內酯結構之化合物為較佳。A compound having a caprolactone structure among the polymerizable compounds is also preferred. The compound having a caprolactone structure is not particularly limited as long as it has a caprolactone structure in the molecule, and examples thereof include ε-caprolactone-modified polyfunctional (meth) acrylate, which is ε-caprolactone. The modified polyfunctional (meth) acrylate can be obtained by using trimethylolethane, di-trimethylolethane, trimethylolpropane, di-trimethylolpropane, pentaerythritol, dipentaerythritol, three Polyols such as pentaerythritol, glycerin, diglycerin, and trimethylol melamine are obtained by esterification with (meth)acrylic acid and ε-caprolactone. Among them, a compound having a caprolactone structure represented by the following formula (Z-1) is preferred.

【化學式10】 [Chemical Formula 10]

在通式(Z-1)中,6個R全部為由下述通式(Z-2)表示之基團,或者6個R中的1~5個為由下述通式(Z-2)表示之基團,其餘為由下述通式(Z-3)表示之基團。In the general formula (Z-1), all of the six R's are represented by the following formula (Z-2), or one to five of the six R are represented by the following formula (Z-2) The group represented by the formula is the group represented by the following formula (Z-3).

【化學式11】 [Chemical Formula 11]

在通式(Z-2)中,R1 表示氫原子或甲基,m表示1或2的數,“*”表示鍵結鍵。In the formula (Z-2), R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, m represents a number of 1 or 2, and "*" represents a bond.

【化學式12】 [Chemical Formula 12]

在通式(Z-3)中,R1 表示氫原子或甲基,“*”表示鍵結鍵。In the formula (Z-3), R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and "*" represents a bond.

具有己內酯結構之聚合性化合物例如由NIPPON KAYAKU CO., LTD.作為KAYARAD DPCA系列而市售,可舉出DPCA-20(上述式(Z-1)~(Z-3)中,m=1、由式(Z-2)表示之基團的個數=2、R1 全部為氫原子之化合物)、DPCA-30(上述式(Z-1)~(Z-3)中,m=1、由式(Z-2)表示之基團的個數=3、R1 全部為氫原子之化合物)、DPCA-60(上述式(Z-1)~(Z-3)中,m=1、由式(Z-2)表示之基團的個數=6、R1 全部為氫原子之化合物)、DPCA-120(上述式(Z-1)~(Z-3)中,m=2、由式(Z-2)表示之基團的個數=6、R1 全部為氫原子之化合物)等。A polymerizable compound having a caprolactone structure is commercially available, for example, from NIPPON KAYAKU CO., LTD. as KAYARAD DPCA series, and DPCA-20 (in the above formulas (Z-1) to (Z-3), m= 1. The number of groups represented by the formula (Z-2) = 2, the compound in which all R 1 are hydrogen atoms), DPCA-30 (in the above formula (Z-1) to (Z-3), m = 1. The number of groups represented by the formula (Z-2) = 3, the compound in which all R 1 are a hydrogen atom), and DPCA-60 (in the above formula (Z-1) to (Z-3), m = 1. The number of groups represented by the formula (Z-2) = 6, the compound in which all of R 1 is a hydrogen atom), DPCA-120 (in the above formula (Z-1) to (Z-3), m = 2. A compound represented by the formula (Z-2) = 6, a compound in which all R 1 are a hydrogen atom).

聚合性化合物可以使用由下述通式(Z-4)或(Z-5)表示之化合物。As the polymerizable compound, a compound represented by the following formula (Z-4) or (Z-5) can be used.

【化學式13】 [Chemical Formula 13]

在通式(Z-4)以及(Z-5)中,E分別獨立地表示-((CH2y CH2 O)-或-((CH2y CH(CH3 )O)-,y分別獨立地表示0~10的整數,X分別獨立地表示(甲基)丙烯醯基、氫原子或羧基。 在通式(Z-4)中,(甲基)丙烯醯基的合計為3個或4個,m分別獨立地表示0~10的整數,各m的合計為0~40的整數。 在通式(Z-5)中,(甲基)丙烯醯基的合計為5個或6個,n分別獨立地表示0~10的整數,各n的合計為0~60的整數。In the general formulae (Z-4) and (Z-5), E independently represents -((CH 2 ) y CH 2 O)- or -((CH 2 ) y CH(CH 3 )O)-, y each independently represents an integer of 0 to 10, and X each independently represents a (meth)acryloyl group, a hydrogen atom or a carboxyl group. In the general formula (Z-4), the total of (meth)acrylonyl groups is three or four, and m each independently represents an integer of from 0 to 10, and the total of each m is an integer of from 0 to 40. In the general formula (Z-5), the total of (meth)acrylonyl groups is 5 or 6, and n each independently represents an integer of 0 to 10, and the total of each n is an integer of 0 to 60.

在通式(Z-4)中,m為0~6的整數為較佳,0~4的整數為更佳。 又,各m的合計為2~40的整數為較佳,2~16的整數為更佳,4~8的整數為特佳。 在通式(Z-5)中,n為0~6的整數為較佳,0~4的整數為更佳。 又,各n的合計為3~60的整數為較佳,3~24的整數為更佳,6~12的整數為特佳。 又,在通式(Z-4)或通式(Z-5)中的-((CH2y CH2 O)-或-((CH2y CH(CH3 )O)-較佳為氧原子側的末端與X鍵結之形態。In the general formula (Z-4), m is preferably an integer of 0 to 6, and an integer of 0 to 4 is more preferably. Further, the total of each m is preferably an integer of 2 to 40, more preferably an integer of 2 to 16, and an integer of 4 to 8 is particularly preferable. In the general formula (Z-5), n is an integer of 0 to 6 and preferably an integer of 0 to 4 is more preferable. Further, the total of n is preferably an integer of 3 to 60, more preferably an integer of 3 to 24, and an integer of 6 to 12 is particularly preferable. Further, -((CH 2 ) y CH 2 O)- or -((CH 2 ) y CH(CH 3 )O)- in the formula (Z-4) or the formula (Z-5) is preferred. It is a form in which the end of the oxygen atom side is bonded to X.

由通式(Z-4)或通式(Z-5)表示之化合物可以單獨僅使用1種,亦可倂用2種以上。在通式(Z-5)中,6個X全部為丙烯醯基之形態為特佳。The compound represented by the formula (Z-4) or the formula (Z-5) may be used alone or in combination of two or more. In the general formula (Z-5), the form in which all six X are acrylonitrile groups is particularly preferable.

又,作為由通式(Z-4)或通式(Z-5)表示之化合物的聚合性化合物中之總含量,20質量%以上為較佳、50質量%以上為更佳。In addition, the total content of the polymerizable compound of the compound represented by the formula (Z-4) or the formula (Z-5) is preferably 20% by mass or more, more preferably 50% by mass or more.

由通式(Z-4)或通式(Z-5)表示之化合物能夠藉由以下以往公知的步驟而合成:藉由開環加成反應使環氧乙烷或環氧丙烷的開環骨架鍵結於季戊四醇或二季戊四醇之步驟;以及例如使(甲基)丙烯醯氯與開環骨架的末端羥基反應而導入(甲基)丙烯醯基之步驟。各步驟為被廣為人知之步驟,本領域技術人員能夠容易地合成由通式(Z-4)或(Z-5)表示之化合物。The compound represented by the formula (Z-4) or the formula (Z-5) can be synthesized by a conventionally known procedure: a ring-opening skeleton of ethylene oxide or propylene oxide by a ring-opening addition reaction a step of bonding to pentaerythritol or dipentaerythritol; and, for example, a step of introducing (meth)acrylofluorene and a terminal hydroxyl group of the ring-opening skeleton to introduce a (meth)acrylonitrile group. Each step is a well-known step, and those skilled in the art can easily synthesize a compound represented by the formula (Z-4) or (Z-5).

】由通式(Z-4)或通式(Z-5)表示之化合物中,季戊四醇衍生物和/或二季戊四醇衍生物為更佳。 具體而言,可舉出由下述式(a)~(f)表示之化合物(以下亦稱作“例示化合物(a)~(f)”。),其中,例示化合物(a)、(b)、(e)、(f)為較佳。Among the compounds represented by the formula (Z-4) or the formula (Z-5), a pentaerythritol derivative and/or a dipentaerythritol derivative are more preferable. Specific examples thereof include compounds represented by the following formulas (a) to (f) (hereinafter also referred to as "exemplary compounds (a) to (f)"), wherein the compounds (a) and (b) are exemplified. ), (e), (f) are preferred.

【化學式14】 [Chemical Formula 14]

【化學式15】 [Chemical Formula 15]

作為由通式(Z-4)、(Z-5)表示之聚合性化合物的市售品,例如可舉出SARTOMER Company,Inc.製造之具有4個乙烯氧基鏈之4官能丙烯酸酯之SR-494,NIPPON KAYAKU CO.,LTD.製造之具有6個戊二烯氧基鏈之6官能丙烯酸酯之DPCA-60、具有3個異丁烯氧基鏈之3官能丙烯酸酯之TPA-330等。The commercially available product of the polymerizable compound represented by the general formulae (Z-4) or (Z-5), for example, SR having a tetrafunctional acrylate having four ethyleneoxy chains manufactured by SARTOMER Company, Inc. -494, DPCA-60 of 6-functional acrylate having 6 pentadienyloxy chains, TPA-330 having 3 functional acrylates of isobutyleneoxy chain, and the like, manufactured by NIPPON KAYAKU CO., LTD.

作為聚合性化合物,如日本特公昭48-41708號公報、日本特開昭51-37193號公報、日本特公平2-32293號公報、日本特公平2-16765號公報中記載之氨酯丙烯酸酯類,日本特公昭58-49860號公報、日本特公昭56-17654號公報、日本特公昭62-39417號公報、日本特公昭62-39418號公報中記載之具有環氧乙烷系骨架之氨酯化合物類亦適宜。又,藉由使用日本特開昭63-277653號公報、日本特開昭63-260909號公報、日本特開平1-105238號公報中記載之、在分子內具有胺基結構和硫化物結構之加成聚合性化合物類,能夠得到感光速度非常良好之著色組成物。 作為市售品,可舉出氨酯寡聚物UAS-10、UAB-140(SANYO-KOKUSAKU PULP CO.,LTD.製造)、UA-7200(SHIN-NAKAMURA CHEMICAL CO.,LTD.製造)、DPHA-40H(NIPPON KAYAKU CO.,LTD.製造)、UA-306H、UA-306T、UA-306I、AH-600、T-600、AI-600(KYOEISHA CHEMICAL CO.,LTD.製造)等。The urethane acrylates described in Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. Hei No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. A urethane compound having an ethylene oxide-based skeleton described in Japanese Patent Publication No. Sho 62-49860, Japanese Patent Publication No. Sho 56-17654, Japanese Patent Publication No. Sho 62-39417, and Japanese Patent Publication No. Sho 62-39418 The class is also suitable. In addition, the addition of an amine-based structure and a sulfide structure in the molecule is described in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. As a polymerizable compound, a coloring composition having a very good light-sensing speed can be obtained. The commercially available product is urethane oligomer UAS-10, UAB-140 (made by SANYO-KOKUSAKU PULP CO., LTD.), UA-7200 (made by SHIN-NAKAMURA CHEMICAL CO., LTD.), DPHA. -40H (manufactured by NIPPON KAYAKU CO., LTD.), UA-306H, UA-306T, UA-306I, AH-600, T-600, AI-600 (manufactured by KYOEISHA CHEMICAL CO., LTD.).

在本發明的著色組成物中,硬化性化合物相對於著色組成物的總固體成分之含量為0.1~40質量%為較佳。下限例如為0.5質量%以上為更佳,1質量%以上為進一步較佳。上限例如為30質量%以下為更佳,20質量%以下為進一步較佳。硬化性化合物可以單獨為1種,亦可倂用2種以上。在倂用2種以上之情況下,總量成為上述範圍為較佳。In the colored composition of the present invention, the content of the curable compound relative to the total solid content of the colored composition is preferably from 0.1 to 40% by mass. The lower limit is, for example, 0.5% by mass or more, more preferably 1% by mass or more. The upper limit is, for example, preferably 30% by mass or less, more preferably 20% by mass or less. The curable compound may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When two or more types are used, the total amount is preferably in the above range.

<<多官能硫醇化合物>> 本發明的著色組成物以促進聚合性化合物的反應等為目的,可以含有在分子內具有2個以上的巰基之多官能硫醇化合物。多官能硫醇化合物為二級烷烴硫醇類為較佳,尤其具有由下述通式(T1)表示之結構之化合物為較佳。 通式(T1) 【化學式16】(在式(T1)中,n表示2~4的整數,L表示2~4價的連結基團。)<<Polyfunctional thiol compound>> The colored composition of the present invention may contain a polyfunctional thiol compound having two or more fluorenyl groups in the molecule for the purpose of promoting the reaction of the polymerizable compound. The polyfunctional thiol compound is preferably a secondary alkanethiol, and a compound having a structure represented by the following formula (T1) is preferred. General formula (T1) [Chemical Formula 16] (In the formula (T1), n represents an integer of 2 to 4, and L represents a linking group of 2 to 4 valence.)

在上述通式(T1)中,連結基團L係碳原子數為2~12的脂肪族基團為較佳,n為2,L係碳原子數為2~12的伸烷基為特佳。多官能硫醇化合物的具體例可舉出由下述結構式(T2)~(T4)表示之化合物,由結構式(T2)表示之化合物為特佳。該些多官能硫醇可以使用1種或組合複數種而使用。In the above formula (T1), the linking group L is preferably an aliphatic group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, n is 2, and an L-alkyl group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms is particularly preferable. . Specific examples of the polyfunctional thiol compound include compounds represented by the following structural formulae (T2) to (T4), and compounds represented by the structural formula (T2) are particularly preferred. These polyfunctional thiols can be used singly or in combination of plural kinds.

【化學式17】 [Chemical Formula 17]

在本發明的著色組成物含有多官能硫醇時,多官能硫醇化合物的含量相對於著色組成物的總固體成分為0.3~8.9質量%為較佳,0.8~6.4質量%為更佳。又,多官能硫醇亦可作為改善穩定性、臭味、解析度、顯影性、密合性等的目的而添加。When the coloring composition of the present invention contains a polyfunctional thiol, the content of the polyfunctional thiol compound is preferably from 0.3 to 8.9% by mass, more preferably from 0.8 to 6.4% by mass, based on the total solid content of the coloring composition. Further, the polyfunctional thiol may be added for the purpose of improving stability, odor, resolution, developability, adhesion, and the like.

<<光聚合起始劑>> 本發明的著色組成物含有光聚合起始劑為較佳。 作為光聚合起始劑,只要具有引發聚合性化合物的聚合的能力,則無特別的限制,能夠從公知的光聚合起始劑中適當地進行選擇。例如對紫外線區域至可見光線具有感光性者為較佳。又,可以是與被光激發之增感劑產生某些作用而生成活性自由基之活性劑,亦可以是根據單體的種類而引發陽離子聚合之起始劑。 又,光聚合起始劑至少含有1種在約300nm~800nm(330nm~500nm為更佳。)的範圍內至少具有約50莫耳吸光係數之化合物為較佳。<<Photopolymerization initiator>> The coloring composition of the invention preferably contains a photopolymerization initiator. The photopolymerization initiator is not particularly limited as long as it has the ability to initiate polymerization of the polymerizable compound, and can be appropriately selected from known photopolymerization initiators. For example, it is preferred that the ultraviolet region has a sensitivity to visible light. Further, it may be an active agent which generates a living radical by some action with a photo-stimulated sensitizer, or may be an initiator which initiates cationic polymerization depending on the kind of the monomer. Further, the photopolymerization initiator preferably contains at least one compound having an absorption coefficient of at least about 50 moles in a range of from about 300 nm to 800 nm (more preferably from 330 nm to 500 nm).

作為光聚合起始劑,例如可舉出鹵化烴衍生物(例如具有三嗪骨架者、具有噁二唑骨架者等)、醯基膦氧化物等醯基膦化合物、六芳基雙咪唑、肟衍生物等肟化合物、有機過氧化物、硫代化合物、酮化合物、芳香族鎓鹽、酮肟醚、胺基苯乙酮化合物、羥基苯乙酮等。作為具有三嗪骨架之鹵化烴化合物,例如可舉出如下化合物等:若林等著、Bull.Chem.Soc.Japan,42、2924(1969)記載之化合物、英国專利1388492號說明書記載之化合物、日本特開昭53-133428號公報記載之化合物、德國專利3337024號說明書記載之化合物、基於F.C.Schaefer等之J. Org.Chem.;29、1527(1964)記載之化合物、日本特開昭62-58241號公報記載之化合物、日本特開平5-281728號公報記載之化合物、日本特開平5-34920號公報記載化合物、美國專利第4212976號說明書中記載之化合物。Examples of the photopolymerization initiator include a halogenated hydrocarbon derivative (for example, a triazine skeleton or a oxadiazole skeleton), a mercaptophosphine compound such as a mercaptophosphine oxide, a hexaarylbisimidazole, and an anthracene. An anthracene compound such as a derivative, an organic peroxide, a thio compound, a ketone compound, an aromatic onium salt, a ketoxime ether, an aminoacetophenone compound, or a hydroxyacetophenone. Examples of the halogenated hydrocarbon compound having a triazine skeleton include the following compounds, such as those described in Bull. et al., Bull. Chem. Soc. Japan, 42, 2924 (1969), and compounds described in British Patent No. 1,388,492. The compound described in JP-A-53-133428, the compound described in the specification of German Patent No. 3337024, and the compound described in J. Org. Chem.; 29, 1527 (1964) by FC Schaefer et al., JP-A-62-58241 The compound described in the Japanese Patent Publication No. Hei 5-281728, the compound described in JP-A-H05-34920, and the compound described in the specification of U.S. Patent No. 4,212,976.

又,從曝光感度的觀點考慮,選自由三鹵甲基三嗪化合物、芐基二甲基縮酮化合物、α-羥基酮化合物、α-胺基酮化合物、醯基膦化合物、氧化膦化合物、茂金屬化合物、肟化合物、三烯丙基咪唑二聚物、鎓化合物、苯并噻唑化合物、二苯甲酮化合物、苯乙酮化合物及其衍生物、環戊二烯-苯-鐵絡合物及其鹽、鹵甲基噁二唑化合物、經3-芳基取代的香豆素化合物構成之群之化合物為較佳。Further, from the viewpoint of exposure sensitivity, it is selected from the group consisting of a trihalomethyltriazine compound, a benzyldimethylketal compound, an α-hydroxyketone compound, an α-aminoketone compound, a mercaptophosphine compound, a phosphine oxide compound, Metallocene compound, hydrazine compound, triallyl imidazole dimer, hydrazine compound, benzothiazole compound, benzophenone compound, acetophenone compound and derivative thereof, cyclopentadiene-benzene-iron complex A compound of the group consisting of a salt thereof, a halomethyl oxadiazole compound, and a 3-aryl-substituted coumarin compound is preferred.

三鹵甲基三嗪化合物、α-胺基酮化合物、醯基膦化合物、氧化膦化合物、肟化合物、三烯丙基咪唑二聚物、鎓化合物、二苯甲酮化合物、苯乙酮化合物為進一步較佳,選自由三鹵甲基三嗪化合物、α-胺基酮化合物、肟化合物、三烯丙基咪唑二聚物、二苯甲酮化合物構成之群之至少一種化合物為特佳。a trihalomethyltriazine compound, an α-amino ketone compound, a mercaptophosphine compound, a phosphine oxide compound, an anthraquinone compound, a triallyl imidazole dimer, an anthraquinone compound, a benzophenone compound, and an acetophenone compound are Further preferably, at least one compound selected from the group consisting of a trihalomethyltriazine compound, an α-aminoketone compound, an anthraquinone compound, a triallyl imidazole dimer, and a benzophenone compound is particularly preferred.

尤其,在製造固體攝像元件的彩色濾光片時使用本發明的著色組成物之情況下,由於需要以尖細形狀形成微細圖案,因此硬化性和對未曝光部無殘渣的方式進行顯影非常重要。從該種觀點考慮,作為光聚合起始劑而使用肟化合物為特佳。尤其,在固體攝像元件中形成微細圖案之情況下,硬化用曝光中使用步進機曝光,但該曝光機有時會因鹵素而損傷,還需要將光聚合起始劑的添加量抑制得較低,因此考慮到該點,在形成如固體攝像元件的微細圖案時,作為光聚合起始劑而使用肟化合物為特佳。又,藉由使用肟化合物而能夠更佳優化移染性。 作為光聚合起始劑的具體例,例如可以參閱日本特開2013-29760號公報的段落號0265~0268,將該內容併入本說明書中。In particular, when the coloring composition of the present invention is used in the production of a color filter of a solid-state image sensor, since it is necessary to form a fine pattern in a tapered shape, it is important to develop the hardenability and the manner in which no residue is formed in the unexposed portion. . From such a viewpoint, it is particularly preferable to use a ruthenium compound as a photopolymerization initiator. In particular, when a fine pattern is formed in a solid-state image sensor, exposure is performed by a stepper in exposure for curing. However, the exposure machine may be damaged by halogen, and it is necessary to suppress the addition amount of the photopolymerization initiator. In view of this, in the case of forming a fine pattern such as a solid-state image sensor, it is particularly preferable to use a ruthenium compound as a photopolymerization initiator. Further, the transferability can be better optimized by using a ruthenium compound. Specific examples of the photopolymerization initiator can be referred to, for example, in paragraphs 0265 to 0268 of JP-A-2013-29760, which is incorporated herein by reference.

作為光聚合起始劑,亦能夠適宜地使用羥基苯乙酮化合物、胺基苯乙酮化合物以及醯基膦化合物。更具體而言,例如亦能夠使用日本特開平10-291969號公報中記載之胺基苯乙酮系起始劑、專利第4225898號公報中記載之醯基膦系起始劑。 作為羥基苯乙酮系起始劑,能夠使用IRGACURE-184、DAROCUR-1173、IRGACURE-500、IRGACURE-2959,IRGACURE-127(商品名稱:均為BASF公司製造)。 作為胺基苯乙酮系起始劑,能夠使用作為市售品之IRGACURE-907、IRGACURE-369以及IRGACURE-379EG(商品名稱:均為BASF公司製造)。胺基苯乙酮系起始劑亦可使用吸收波長與365nm或405nm等長波光源匹配之日本特開2009-191179公報中記載之化合物。 作為醯基膦系起始劑,可以使用市售品之IRGACURE-819、IRGACURE-TPO(商品名稱:均為BASF公司製造)。As the photopolymerization initiator, a hydroxyacetophenone compound, an aminoacetophenone compound, and a mercaptophosphine compound can also be suitably used. More specifically, for example, an amino acetophenone-based initiator as described in JP-A-10-291969 and a mercaptophosphine-based initiator described in Patent No. 4,258,899 can be used. As the hydroxyacetophenone-based initiator, IRGACURE-184, DAROCUR-1173, IRGACURE-500, IRGACURE-2959, IRGACURE-127 (trade name: all manufactured by BASF Corporation) can be used. As the amino acetophenone-based initiator, IRGACURE-907, IRGACURE-369, and IRGACURE-379EG (trade names: all manufactured by BASF Corporation) which are commercially available can be used. The amine acetophenone-based initiator may also be a compound described in JP-A-2009-191179, which has an absorption wavelength matched with a long-wavelength light source such as 365 nm or 405 nm. As the mercaptophosphine-based initiator, commercially available products IRGACURE-819 and IRGACURE-TPO (trade names: all manufactured by BASF Corporation) can be used.

作為光聚合起始劑,可以更為較佳地舉出肟化合物。 作為肟化合物的具體例,可以使用日本特開2001-233842號公報記載之化合物、日本特開2000-80068號公報記載之化合物、日本特開2006-342166號公報記載之化合物。 本發明中,作為能夠適宜地使用之肟化合物,例如可舉出3-苯甲醯氧基亞胺基丁烷-2-酮、3-乙醯氧基亞胺基丁烷-2-酮、3-丙醯氧基亞胺基丁烷-2-酮、2-乙醯氧基亞胺基戊烷-3-酮、2-乙醯氧基亞胺基-1-苯基丙烷-1-酮、2-苯甲醯氧基亞胺基-1-苯基丙烷-1-酮、3-(4-甲苯磺醯氧基)亞胺基丁烷-2酮以及2-乙氧基羰氧基亞胺基-1-苯基丙烷-1-酮等。 又,亦可舉出J.C.S.Perkin II(1979年)pp.1653-1660、J.C.S.Perkin II(1979年)pp.156-162、Journal of Photopolymer Science and Technology(1995年)pp.202-232、日本特開2000-66385號公報記載之化合物、日本特開2000-80068號公報、日本專利公表2004-534797號公報、日本特開2006-342166號公報等各公報中記載之化合物等。 市售品中,亦可適宜地使用IRGACURE-OXE01(BASF公司製造)、IRGACURE-OXE02(BASF公司製造)。又,亦能夠使用TR-PBG-304(常州強力電子新材料有限公司製造)、ADEKA ARKLS NCI-831以及ADEKA ARKLS NCI-930(ADEKA CORPORATION製造)。As the photopolymerization initiator, a ruthenium compound can be more preferably mentioned. As a specific example of the ruthenium compound, a compound described in JP-A-2001-233842, a compound described in JP-A-2000-80068, and a compound described in JP-A-2006-342166 can be used. In the present invention, examples of the ruthenium compound which can be suitably used include 3-benzylideneoxyimidobutan-2-one and 3-ethyloxyiminobutan-2-one. 3-propenyloxyimidobutan-2-one, 2-ethyloxyiminopentan-3-one, 2-ethyloxyimino-1-phenylpropane-1- Ketone, 2-benzylideneoxyimido-1-phenylpropan-1-one, 3-(4-toluenesulfonyloxy)iminobutane-2one, and 2-ethoxycarbonyloxyl Iminoamino-1-phenylpropan-1-one and the like. Also, JCS Perkin II (1979) pp. 1653-1660, JCS Perkin II (1979) pp. 156-162, Journal of Photopolymer Science and Technology (1995) pp. 202-232, and Japanese specials are also mentioned. The compound described in each of the publications such as JP-A-2000-80068, JP-A-2000-80068, and JP-A-2006-342166, and JP-A-2006-342166. In the commercial product, IRGACURE-OXE01 (manufactured by BASF Corporation) and IRGACURE-OXE02 (manufactured by BASF Corporation) can also be suitably used. Further, TR-PBG-304 (manufactured by Changzhou Strong Electronic New Material Co., Ltd.), ADEKA ARKLS NCI-831, and ADEKA ARKLS NCI-930 (manufactured by ADEKA CORPORATION) can also be used.

又,作為上述以外的肟化合物,亦可使用肟連結於咔唑N位之日本專利公表2009-519904號公報中記載之化合物、在二苯甲酮部位導入有雜取代基之美國專利第7626957號說明書中記載之化合物、在色素部位導入有硝基之日本特開2010-15025號公報以及美國專利日本特開2009-292039號說明書中記載之化合物、国際公開專利2009-131189號公報中記載之酮肟化合物、在同一分子內含有三嗪骨架和肟骨架之在美國專利7556910號說明書中記載之化合物、在405nm具有最大吸收,且對g線光源具有良好的感度之日本特開2009-221114號公報記載之化合物等。 較佳為例如可以參閱日本特開2013-29760號公報的段落號0274~0275,將該內容併入本說明書中。 具體而言,作為肟化合物,由下述式(OX-1)表示之化合物為較佳。另外,肟化合物中,肟的N-O鍵可以為(E)體的肟化合物,肟的N-O鍵亦可以為(Z)體的肟化合物,還可以為(E)體與(Z)體的混合物。In addition, as the ruthenium compound other than the above, a compound described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 2009-519904, which is linked to the N-position of the carbazole, and No. 7626957 in which a hetero substituent is introduced at the benzophenone site may be used. The compound described in the specification, the compound described in the specification of the Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 2010-15025, and the ketone described in the specification of the Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 2009-292039, and the ketone described in the publication No. 2009-131189. The ruthenium compound, the compound described in the specification of U.S. Patent No. 7,569,910, which contains a triazine skeleton and an anthracene skeleton in the same molecule, has a maximum absorption at 405 nm, and has a good sensitivity to a g-line light source, and Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 2009-221114 The compound or the like described. For example, it is preferable to refer to paragraphs 0274 to 0725 of JP-A-2013-29760, which is incorporated herein by reference. Specifically, as the hydrazine compound, a compound represented by the following formula (OX-1) is preferred. Further, in the ruthenium compound, the N-O bond of ruthenium may be a ruthenium compound of the (E) form, and the N-O bond of ruthenium may be a ruthenium compound of the (Z) form, or may be a mixture of the (E) form and the (Z) form.

【化學式18】 [Chemical Formula 18]

在式(OX-1)中,R以及B分別獨立地表示一價取代基,A表示二價有機基,Ar表示芳基。 在式(OX-1)中,作為以R表示之一價取代基,一價非金屬原子團為較佳。 作為一價的非金屬原子團,可舉出烷基、芳基、醯基、烷氧基羰基、芳氧基羰基、雜環基、烷硫基羰基、芳硫基羰基等。又,該些基團亦可具有1個以上的取代基。又,前述取代基亦可以進一步被其他取代基取代。 作為取代基,可舉出鹵素原子、芳氧基、烷氧基羰基或芳氧基羰基、醯氧基、醯基、烷基、芳基等。 在式(OX-1)中,作為以B表示之一價取代基,芳基、雜環基、芳基羰基或雜環羰基為較佳。該些基團亦可以具有1個以上的取代基。作為取代基,能夠例示前述取代基。 在式(OX-1)中,作為由A表示之二價有機基,碳原子數為1~12的伸烷基、環伸烷基、伸炔基為較佳。該些基團亦可以具有1個以上的取代基。作為取代基,能夠例示前述取代基。In the formula (OX-1), R and B each independently represent a monovalent substituent, A represents a divalent organic group, and Ar represents an aryl group. In the formula (OX-1), as a monovalent substituent represented by R, a monovalent non-metal atomic group is preferred. The monovalent non-metal atomic group may, for example, be an alkyl group, an aryl group, a decyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an aryloxycarbonyl group, a heterocyclic group, an alkylthiocarbonyl group or an arylthiocarbonyl group. Further, these groups may have one or more substituents. Further, the above substituent may be further substituted with another substituent. The substituent may, for example, be a halogen atom, an aryloxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group or an aryloxycarbonyl group, a decyloxy group, a decyl group, an alkyl group or an aryl group. In the formula (OX-1), as the one-valent substituent represented by B, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, an arylcarbonyl group or a heterocyclic carbonyl group is preferred. These groups may have one or more substituents. The substituent may be exemplified as the substituent. In the formula (OX-1), as the divalent organic group represented by A, an alkylene group having a carbon number of 1 to 12, a cycloalkylene group or an alkynylene group is preferred. These groups may have one or more substituents. The substituent may be exemplified as the substituent.

本發明亦能夠使用具有氟原子之肟化合物作為光聚合起始劑。作為具有氟原子之肟化合物的具體例,可舉出日本特開2010-262028號公報記載之化合物、日本專利公表2014-500852號公報記載之化合物24、36~40、日本特開2013-164471號公報記載之化合物(C-3)等。該內容併入本說明書中。The present invention can also use a ruthenium compound having a fluorine atom as a photopolymerization initiator. Specific examples of the ruthenium compound having a fluorine atom include the compounds described in JP-A-2010-262028, and the compounds 24 and 36 to 40 described in JP-A-2014-500852, and JP-A-2013-164471 Compound (C-3) or the like described in the publication. This content is incorporated in this specification.

本發明中,作為光聚合起始劑,能夠使用具有硝基之肟化合物。作為具有硝基之肟化合物的具體例,可舉出日本特開2013-114249號公報的段落號0031~0047、日本特開2014-137466號公報的段落號0008~0012、0070~0079所記載之化合物及ADEKA ARKLS NCI-831(ADEKA CORPORATION製造)。In the present invention, as the photopolymerization initiator, a ruthenium compound having a nitro group can be used. Specific examples of the ruthenium compound having a nitro group include those described in paragraphs 0031 to 0047 of JP-A-2013-114249 and paragraphs 0008 to 0102 and 0070 to 0079 of JP-A-2014-137466. Compound and ADEKA ARKLS NCI-831 (manufactured by ADEKA CORPORATION).

本發明還能夠使用由下述式(1)或(2)表示之化合物作為光聚合起始劑。 【化學式19】 The present invention can also use a compound represented by the following formula (1) or (2) as a photopolymerization initiator. [Chemical Formula 19]

式(1)中,R1 以及R2 分別獨立地表示碳原子數為1~20的烷基、碳原子數為4~20的脂環式烴基、碳原子數為6~30的芳基或碳原子數為7~30的芳烷基,在R1 以及R2 為苯基的情況下,苯基彼此可以鍵結而形成茀基,R3 以及R4 分別獨立地表示氫原子、碳原子數為1~20的烷基、碳原子數為6~30的芳基、碳原子數為7~30的芳烷基或碳原子數為4~20的雜環基,X表示直接鍵或羰基。In the formula (1), R 1 and R 2 each independently represent an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, an alicyclic hydrocarbon group having 4 to 20 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms or An aralkyl group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms. When R 1 and R 2 are a phenyl group, the phenyl groups may be bonded to each other to form a fluorenyl group, and R 3 and R 4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a carbon atom. An alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, an aralkyl group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms or a heterocyclic group having 4 to 20 carbon atoms, and X represents a direct bond or a carbonyl group. .

式(2)中,R1 、R2 、R3 以及R4 的含義與式(1)中的R1 、R2 、R3 以及R4 相同,R5 表示-R6 、-OR6 、-SR6 、-COR6 、-CONR6 R6 、-NR6 COR6 、-OCOR6 、-COOR6 、-SCOR6 、-OCSR6 、-COSR6 、-CSOR6 、-CN、鹵素原子或羥基,R6 表示碳原子數為1~20的烷基、碳原子數為6~30的芳基、碳原子數為7~30的芳烷基或碳原子數為4~20的雜環基,X表示直接鍵或羰基,a表示0~4的整數。 (2), R 1, 1, R 2 , R 3 , and R is the same formula R 2, R 3 and R meanings formula R (1) 4 of 4, R 5 represents -R 6, -OR 6, -SR 6 , -COR 6 , -CONR 6 R 6 , -NR 6 COR 6 , -OCOR 6 , -COOR 6 , -SCOR 6 , -OCSR 6 , -COSR 6 , -CSOR 6 , -CN, halogen atom or Hydroxy group, R 6 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, an aralkyl group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms or a heterocyclic group having 4 to 20 carbon atoms. X represents a direct bond or a carbonyl group, and a represents an integer of 0-4.

上述式(1)以及式(2)中,R1 以及R2 分別獨立地為甲基、乙基、正丙基、異丙基、環己基或苯基為較佳。R3 為甲基、乙基、苯基、甲苯基或二甲苯基為較佳。R4 為碳原子數為1~6的烷基或苯基為較佳。R5 為甲基、乙基、苯基、甲苯基或萘基為較佳。X為直接鍵為較佳。 作為由式(1)以及式(2)表示之化合物的具體例,例如可舉出日本特開2014-137466號公報的段落號0076~0079中記載之化合物。該內容併入本說明書中。In the above formulas (1) and (2), R 1 and R 2 are each independently a methyl group, an ethyl group, a n-propyl group, an isopropyl group, a cyclohexyl group or a phenyl group. R 3 is preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group, a phenyl group, a tolyl group or a xylyl group. R 4 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms or a phenyl group. R 5 is preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group, a phenyl group, a tolyl group or a naphthyl group. It is preferred that X is a direct bond. Specific examples of the compound represented by the formula (1) and the formula (2) include, for example, the compounds described in paragraphs 0076 to 0079 of JP-A-2014-137466. This content is incorporated in this specification.

以下,示出在本發明中較佳地使用之肟化合物的具體例,但本發明係不限定於該些者。 【化學式20】 Specific examples of the ruthenium compound which is preferably used in the present invention are shown below, but the present invention is not limited thereto. [Chemical Formula 20]

肟化合物為在350nm~500nm的波長區域具有最大吸收波長者為較佳,在360nm~480nm的波長區域具有最大吸收波長者為更佳,365nm以及405nm的吸光度較高者為特佳。 肟化合物中,從感度的觀點考慮,365nm或405nm中之莫耳吸光係數為1,000~300,000為較佳,2,000~300,000為更佳,5,000~200,000為特佳。 化合物的莫耳吸光係數可使用公知的方法進行測定,例如使用紫外可見分光光度計(Varian Company製Cary-5 spectrophotometer),並使用乙酸乙酯溶劑,以0.01g/L的濃度進行測定為較佳。 使用於本發明之光聚合起始劑,亦可根據需要而組合使用2種以上。The ruthenium compound is preferably one having a maximum absorption wavelength in a wavelength region of 350 nm to 500 nm, more preferably having a maximum absorption wavelength in a wavelength region of 360 nm to 480 nm, and particularly preferably having a higher absorbance at 365 nm and 405 nm. Among the ruthenium compounds, from the viewpoint of sensitivity, the molar absorption coefficient at 365 nm or 405 nm is preferably from 1,000 to 300,000, more preferably from 2,000 to 300,000, and particularly preferably from 5,000 to 200,000. The molar absorption coefficient of the compound can be measured by a known method, for example, using an ultraviolet-visible spectrophotometer (Cary-5 spectrophotometer manufactured by Varian Company), and using an ethyl acetate solvent, preferably measured at a concentration of 0.01 g/L. . The photopolymerization initiator to be used in the present invention may be used in combination of two or more kinds as needed.

光聚合起始劑的含量相對於著色組成物的總固體成分為0.1~50質量%為較佳,0.5~30質量%為更佳,1~20質量%為進一步較佳。在該範圍下,可以獲得更良好之感度和圖案形成性。本發明的著色組成物可以只含有1種光聚合起始劑,亦可含有2種以上。在含有2種以上的情況下,其總量為上述範圍為較佳。The content of the photopolymerization initiator is preferably from 0.1 to 50% by mass, more preferably from 0.5 to 30% by mass, even more preferably from 1 to 20% by mass, based on the total solid content of the coloring composition. Within this range, better sensitivity and pattern formation can be obtained. The colored composition of the present invention may contain only one kind of photopolymerization initiator, or may contain two or more types. When two or more types are contained, the total amount is preferably in the above range.

<<顏料衍生物>> 本發明的著色組成物含有顏料衍生物為較佳。顏料衍生物為具有由酸性基、鹼性基或鄰苯二甲醯亞胺甲基取代有機顏料的一部分之結構之化合物為較佳。作為顏料衍生物,分散性以及分散穩定性的觀點考慮,具有酸性基或鹼性基之顏料衍生物為較佳。具有鹼性基之顏料衍生物為特佳。<<Pigment Derivative>> The coloring composition of the present invention preferably contains a pigment derivative. The pigment derivative is preferably a compound having a structure in which a part of the organic pigment is substituted by an acidic group, a basic group or a phthalimine methyl group. As the pigment derivative, a pigment derivative having an acidic group or a basic group is preferable from the viewpoint of dispersibility and dispersion stability. Pigment derivatives having a basic group are particularly preferred.

作為用於構成顏料衍生物的有機顏料,可舉出二酮吡咯並吡咯系顏料、偶氮系顏料、酞菁系顏料、蒽醌系顏料、喹吖啶酮系顏料、二噁嗪系顏料、紫環酮系顏料、苝系顏料、硫靛系顏料、異吲哚啉系顏料、異吲哚啉酮系顏料、喹酞酮系顏料、士林系顏料、金屬絡合物系顏料等。 又,作為顏料衍生物所具有之酸性基,磺酸基、羧酸性基及其鹽為較佳,羧酸性基以及磺酸基為進一步較佳,磺酸基為特佳。作為顏料衍生物所具有之鹼性基,胺基為較佳,三級胺基為特佳。Examples of the organic pigment constituting the pigment derivative include a diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment, an azo pigment, a phthalocyanine pigment, an anthraquinone pigment, a quinacridone pigment, and a dioxazine pigment. A purple ring ketone pigment, an anthraquinone pigment, a thioindole pigment, an isoporphyrin pigment, an isoindolinone pigment, a quinophthalone pigment, a Shilin pigment, a metal complex pigment, and the like. Further, as the acidic group of the pigment derivative, a sulfonic acid group, a carboxylic acid group and a salt thereof are preferable, and a carboxylic acid group and a sulfonic acid group are further preferable, and a sulfonic acid group is particularly preferable. As the basic group of the pigment derivative, an amine group is preferred, and a tertiary amine group is particularly preferred.

本發明的著色組成物中之顏料衍生物的含量相對於顏料的總質量為1~30質量%為較佳。下限為5質量%以上更為佳,10質量%以上為進一步較佳。上限為25質量%以下更為佳,19質量%以下為進一步較佳。顏料衍生物可以僅使用1種,亦可以併用2種以上。The content of the pigment derivative in the colored composition of the present invention is preferably from 1 to 30% by mass based on the total mass of the pigment. The lower limit is preferably 5% by mass or more, and more preferably 10% by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 25% by mass or less, and more preferably 19% by mass or less. The pigment derivative may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

<<聚合抑制劑>> 在本發明的著色組成物中,為了在著色組成物的製造中或保存中阻止聚合性化合物的不必要的熱聚合,期望添加少量的聚合抑制劑。 作為聚合抑制劑,可舉出對苯二酚、對甲氧基苯酚、二-叔丁基對甲酚、鄰苯三酚、叔丁基鄰苯二酚、苯醌、4,4’-硫代雙(3-甲基-6-叔丁基苯酚)、2,2’-伸甲基雙(4-甲基-6-叔丁基苯酚)、N-亞硝基苯基羥胺第一鈰鹽等。 在本發明的著色組成物含有聚合抑制劑之情況下,聚合抑制劑的含量相對於著色組成物的總固體成分為約0.01~5質量%為較佳。 本發明的著色組成物可以僅含有1種聚合抑制劑,亦可以含有2種以上。在含有2種以上聚合抑制劑之情況下,其總量成為上述範圍為較佳。<<Polymerization Inhibitor>> In the colored composition of the present invention, in order to prevent unnecessary thermal polymerization of the polymerizable compound during production or storage of the colored composition, it is desirable to add a small amount of a polymerization inhibitor. Examples of the polymerization inhibitor include hydroquinone, p-methoxyphenol, di-tert-butyl-p-cresol, pyrogallol, t-butyl catechol, benzoquinone, 4,4'-sulfur. Di-bis(3-methyl-6-tert-butylphenol), 2,2'-methyl bis(4-methyl-6-tert-butylphenol), N-nitrosophenylhydroxylamine first Salt and so on. In the case where the coloring composition of the present invention contains a polymerization inhibitor, the content of the polymerization inhibitor is preferably from about 0.01 to 5% by mass based on the total solid content of the coloring composition. The colored composition of the present invention may contain only one type of polymerization inhibitor, or may contain two or more types. When two or more types of polymerization inhibitors are contained, the total amount thereof is preferably in the above range.

<<界面活性劑>> 從進一步提高塗佈性之觀點考慮,亦可以向本發明的著色組成物中添加各種界面活性劑。作為界面活性劑,可以使用氟系界面活性劑、非離子系界面活性劑、陽離子系界面活性劑、陰離子系界面活性劑、矽酮系界面活性劑等各種界面活性劑。<<Interfacial Active Agent>> From the viewpoint of further improving the coatability, various surfactants may be added to the colored composition of the present invention. As the surfactant, various surfactants such as a fluorine-based surfactant, a nonionic surfactant, a cationic surfactant, an anionic surfactant, and an anthrone-based surfactant can be used.

例如,藉由含有氟系界面活性劑,製備成塗佈液時的液體特性(尤其流動性)進一步提高。亦即,在使用含有氟系界面活性劑之著色組成物而形成膜之情況下,藉由使被塗佈面與塗佈液之間的界面張力減小,對被塗佈面的潤濕性得到改善,對被塗佈面的塗佈性提高。因此,即使在以少量的液體量形成數μm左右的薄膜時,亦能更適宜地形成厚度不均較少且均勻厚度的膜的方面上有效。For example, when a coating liquid is prepared by containing a fluorine-based surfactant, liquid characteristics (especially fluidity) at the time of preparation of a coating liquid are further improved. In other words, when a film is formed using a coloring composition containing a fluorine-based surfactant, the wettability of the surface to be coated is reduced by reducing the interfacial tension between the surface to be coated and the coating liquid. It is improved and the coating property to the coated surface is improved. Therefore, even when a film having a thickness of about several μm is formed with a small amount of liquid, it is more effective to form a film having a small thickness unevenness and a uniform thickness.

氟系界面活性劑中的氟含有率為3~40質量%為適宜,5~30質量%為更佳,7~25質量%為特佳。氟含有率為該範圍內之氟系界面活性劑在塗佈膜的厚度均勻性、省液性方面上有效,且著色組成物中之溶解性亦良好。The fluorine content in the fluorine-based surfactant is preferably from 3 to 40% by mass, more preferably from 5 to 30% by mass, and particularly preferably from 7 to 25% by mass. The fluorine-containing surfactant having a fluorine content in this range is effective in thickness uniformity and liquid-saving property of the coating film, and the solubility in the colored composition is also good.

作為氟系界面活性劑,例如可舉出:MEGAFAC F171、MEGAFAC F172、MEGAFAC F173、MEGAFAC F176、MEGAFAC F177、MEGAFAC F141、MEGAFAC F142、MEGAFAC F143、MEGAFAC F144、MEGAFAC R30、MEGAFAC F437、MEGAFAC F475、MEGAFAC F479、MEGAFAC F482、MEGAFAC F554、MEGAFAC F780、MEGAFAC F781、MEGAFAC F781(以上,DIC Corporation製造);FLUORAD FC430、FLUORAD FC431、FLUORAD FC171(以上,SUMITOMO 3M Limited製造);SURFLON S-382、SURFLON SC-101、SURFLON SC-103、SURFLON SC-104、SURFLON SC-105、SURFLON SC1068、SURFLON SC-381、SURFLON SC-383、SURFLON S393、SURFLON KH-40(以上,ASAHI GLASS CO.,LTD.製造);PF636、PF656、PF6320、PF6520、PF7002(OMNOVA Solutions Inc.製造)等。 作為氟系界面活性劑還能夠使用嵌段聚合物,作為具體例,例如可舉出日本特開2011-89090號公報中記載之化合物。Examples of the fluorine-based surfactant include MEGAFAC F171, MEGAFAC F172, MEGAFAC F173, MEGAFAC F176, MEGAFAC F177, MEGAFAC F141, MEGAFAC F142, MEGAFAC F143, MEGAFAC F144, MEGAFAC R30, MEGAFAC F437, MEGAFAC F475, and MEGAFAC F479. , MEGAFAC F482, MEGAFAC F554, MEGAFAC F780, MEGAFAC F781, MEGAFAC F781 (above, manufactured by DIC Corporation); FLUORAD FC430, FLUORAD FC431, FLUORAD FC171 (above, manufactured by SUMITOMO 3M Limited); SURFLON S-382, SURFLON SC-101, SURFLON SC-103, SURFLON SC-104, SURFLON SC-105, SURFLON SC1068, SURFLON SC-381, SURFLON SC-383, SURFLON S393, SURFLON KH-40 (above, manufactured by ASAHI GLASS CO., LTD.); PF636, PF656, PF6320, PF6520, PF7002 (manufactured by OMNOVA Solutions Inc.), and the like. A block polymer can also be used as the fluorine-based surfactant. Specific examples thereof include a compound described in JP-A-2011-89090.

氟系界面活性劑還能夠較佳地使用含有具有氟原子之(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物衍生之重複單元和具有2個以上(5個以上為較佳)伸烷氧基(乙烯氧基、丙烯氧基為較佳)之(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物衍生之重複單元之含氟高分子化合物,下述化合物亦作為使用於本發明之氟系界面活性劑而例示。 【化學式21】上述化合物的重均分子量為3,000~50,000為較佳,例如為14,000。上述化合物中,表示各重複單元的比例的%以質量%為基準。 氟系界面活性劑還能夠將在側鏈具有乙烯性不飽和基之含氟聚合物用作氟系界面活性劑。作為具體例,可舉出日本特開2010-164965號公報0050~0090段落以及0289~0295段落中記載之化合物,例如DIC Corporation製造MEGAFAC RS-101、RS-102、RS-718K等。The fluorine-based surfactant can also preferably use a repeating unit derived from a (meth) acrylate compound having a fluorine atom and have two or more (more preferably 5 or more) alkoxy groups (vinyloxy group, propylene) The fluorine-containing polymer compound having a repeating unit derived from a (meth) acrylate compound, which is preferably an oxy group, is exemplified as the fluorine-based surfactant used in the present invention. [Chemical Formula 21] The weight average molecular weight of the above compound is preferably from 3,000 to 50,000, for example, 14,000. In the above compounds, the % of the ratio of each repeating unit is based on mass%. The fluorine-based surfactant can also use a fluorine-containing polymer having an ethylenically unsaturated group in a side chain as a fluorine-based surfactant. Specific examples include the compounds described in paragraphs 0050 to 0090 and 0289 to 0295 of JP-A-2010-164965. For example, MEGAFAC RS-101, RS-102, RS-718K, and the like are manufactured by DIC Corporation.

作為非離子系界面活性劑,具體可舉出甘油、三羥甲基丙烷、三羥甲基乙烷以及該等乙氧基化物以及丙氧基化物(例如丙氧基化甘油、乙氧基化甘油等)、聚氧乙烯月桂基醚、聚氧乙烯硬脂基醚、聚氧乙烯油烯基醚、聚氧乙烯辛基苯基醚、聚氧乙烯壬基苯基醚、聚乙二醇二月桂酸酯、聚乙二醇二硬脂酸酯、脫水山梨糖醇脂肪酸酯(BASF公司製造PLURONIC L10、L31、L61、L62、10R5、17R2、25R2、TETRONIC 304、701、704、901、904、150R1)、SOLSPERSE 20000(LUBRIZOL JAPAN ,LTD.)、NCW-101、NCW-1001、NCW-1002(Wako Pure Chemical Industries,Ltd.製造)、PIONIN D-6112、PIONIN D-6112-W、D-6315(TAKEMOTO OIL&FAT CO.,LTD.製造)、OLEFIN E1010、SURFYNOL104、400、440(Nissin Chemical Industries,Ltd.製造)等。Specific examples of the nonionic surfactant include glycerin, trimethylolpropane, trimethylolethane, and the like, and ethoxylates (for example, propoxylated glycerol, ethoxylated). Glycerin, etc., polyoxyethylene lauryl ether, polyoxyethylene stearyl ether, polyoxyethylene oleyl ether, polyoxyethylene octyl phenyl ether, polyoxyethylene nonylphenyl ether, polyethylene glycol Laurate, polyethylene glycol distearate, sorbitan fatty acid ester (PLURONIC L10, L31, L61, L62, 10R5, 17R2, 25R2, TETRONIC 304, 701, 704, 901, 904 manufactured by BASF Corporation) 150R1), SOLSPERSE 20000 (LUBRIZOL JAPAN, LTD.), NCW-101, NCW-1001, NCW-1002 (manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.), PIONIN D-6112, PIONIN D-6112-W, D- 6315 (manufactured by TAKEMOTO OIL & FAT CO., LTD.), OLEFIN E1010, SURFYNOL 104, 400, 440 (manufactured by Nissin Chemical Industries, Ltd.), and the like.

作為陽離子系界面活性劑,具體可舉出有機矽氧烷聚合物KP341(Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.製造)、(甲基)丙烯酸系(共)聚合物POLYFLOW No.75、No.90、No.95(KYOEISHA CHEMICAL CO.,LTD.製造)、W001(YUSHO CO.,LTD.製造)等。Specific examples of the cation-based surfactant include an organic siloxane polymer KP341 (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) and a (meth)acrylic (co)polymer POLYFLOW No. 75 and No. 90. , No. 95 (manufactured by KYOEISHA CHEMICAL CO., LTD.), W001 (manufactured by YUSHO CO., LTD.), and the like.

作為陰離子系界面活性劑,具體可舉出W004、W005、W017(YUSHO CO.,LTD.製造)等。Specific examples of the anionic surfactant include W004, W005, and W017 (manufactured by YUSHO CO., LTD.).

作為矽酮系界面活性劑,例如可舉出:DOW CORNING TORAY CO.,LTD.製造“TORAY SILICONE DC3PA”、“TORAY SILICONE SH7PA”、“TORAY SILICONE DC11PA”、“TORAY SILICONE SH21PA”、“TORAY SILICONE SH28PA”、“TORAY SILICONE SH29PA”、“TORAY SILICONE SH30PA”、“TORAY SILICONE SH8400”;MOMENTIVE PERFORMANCE MATERIALS Inc.製造“TSF-4440”、“TSF-4300”、“TSF-4445”、“TSF-4460”、“TSF-4452”;Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.製造“KP341”、“KF6001”、“KF6002”;BYK Chemie CO.,LTD.製造“BYK307”、“BYK323”、“BYK330”等。Examples of the anthrone-based surfactants include "TORAY SILICONE DC3PA", "TORAY SILICONE SH7PA", "TORAY SILICONE DC11PA", "TORAY SILICONE SH21PA", and "TORAY SILICONE SH28PA" manufactured by DOW CORNING TORAY CO., LTD. "TORAY SILICONE SH29PA", "TORAY SILICONE SH30PA", "TORAY SILICONE SH8400"; MOMENTIVE PERFORMANCE MATERIALS Inc. manufactures "TSF-4440", "TSF-4300", "TSF-4445", "TSF-4460", "TSF-4452"; "KP341", "KF6001", "KF6002" manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.; "BYK307", "BYK323", "BYK330" and the like manufactured by BYK Chemie CO., LTD.

在本發明的著色組成物含有界面活性劑之情況下,相對於著色組成物的總固體成分,界面活性劑之含量為0.001~2.0質量%為較佳,0.005~1.0質量%為更佳。 本發明的著色組成物可以僅含有1種界面活性劑,亦可以含有2種以上。在含有2種以上界面活性劑之情況下,其總量成為上述範圍為較佳。In the case where the coloring composition of the present invention contains a surfactant, the content of the surfactant is preferably 0.001 to 2.0% by mass, more preferably 0.005 to 1.0% by mass, based on the total solid content of the coloring composition. The colored composition of the present invention may contain only one type of surfactant, or may contain two or more types. In the case where two or more kinds of surfactants are contained, the total amount thereof is preferably in the above range.

<<其他添加劑>> 在本發明的著色組成物中,根據需要而能夠配合各種添加劑。各種添加剤能夠根據用途而適當選擇。 例如,彩色濾光片形成用著色組成物之情況下,作為其他添加劑能夠配合填充劑、抗氧化劑、紫外線吸收劑、凝集抑制劑等。作為該些添加物,可舉出日本特開2004-295116號公報的段落號0155~0156中記載之添加劑,將該些內容併入本說明書中。 又,將本發明的著色組成物用作噴墨用油墨組成物或印刷用油墨組成物之情況下,作為其他添加劑,能夠進一步配合潤滑劑、填充劑、消泡劑、凝膠劑、增稠劑、比電阻調整劑、皮膜形成劑、紫外線吸收劑、抗氧化劑、防褪色劑、防霉劑、防鏽劑等。作為該些添加劑,可舉出日本特開2014-24980號的段落號0163~0170中所記載之添加劑,將該些內容併入本說明書中。<<Other Additives>> In the colored composition of the present invention, various additives can be blended as needed. Various additions can be appropriately selected depending on the use. For example, in the case of a colored composition for color filter formation, a filler, an antioxidant, an ultraviolet absorber, a coagulation inhibitor, or the like can be blended as another additive. Examples of such additives include the additives described in paragraphs 0155 to 0156 of JP-A-2004-295116, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference. Further, when the colored composition of the present invention is used as an ink composition for inkjet or a composition for printing ink, it can be further blended with a lubricant, a filler, an antifoaming agent, a gelling agent, and thickening as other additives. Agent, specific resistance adjusting agent, film forming agent, ultraviolet absorber, antioxidant, anti-fading agent, anti-mold agent, rust inhibitor, and the like. As such additives, the additives described in paragraphs 0163 to 0170 of JP-A-2014-24980 can be mentioned, and the contents are incorporated in the present specification.

根據所使用之原料等,有時在著色組成物中含有金屬元素,但從抑制發生缺陷等的觀點考慮,著色組成物中的第2族元素(鈣、鎂等)的含量為50ppm以下為較佳,控制到0.01~10ppm為佳。又,著色組成物中的無機金屬鹽的総量為100ppm以下為較佳,控制到0.5~50ppm為更佳。The content of the second group element (calcium, magnesium, etc.) in the coloring composition is 50 ppm or less, from the viewpoint of suppressing occurrence of defects or the like, depending on the raw material to be used. Preferably, it is preferred to control to 0.01 to 10 ppm. Further, the amount of the inorganic metal salt in the colored composition is preferably 100 ppm or less, and more preferably 0.5 to 50 ppm.

<著色組成物的製備方法> 本發明的著色組成物能夠藉由混合前述成分而製造。 在製造著色組成物時,可以統括配合各成分,亦可以在將各成分溶解、分散於溶劑中之後逐次進行配合。 本發明的著色組成物的製造方法包括,存在選自酸性基及鹼性基中的至少一種的樹脂(樹脂A)的情況下,對顏料體進行分散之步驟(分散步驟)為較佳。 上述分散步驟根據需要可以進一步加入溶劑和/或顏料衍生物來進行。 分散步驟能夠使用珠磨機等分散裝置來進行。<Method for Preparing Colored Composition> The colored composition of the present invention can be produced by mixing the above components. In the production of the colored composition, the respective components may be blended in the entirety, or the components may be successively mixed after being dissolved and dispersed in a solvent. In the method for producing a colored composition of the present invention, when a resin (resin A) selected from at least one of an acidic group and a basic group is present, a step of dispersing the pigment body (dispersion step) is preferred. The above dispersion step can be carried out by further adding a solvent and/or a pigment derivative as needed. The dispersion step can be carried out using a dispersing device such as a bead mill.

又,含有2種以上的顏料體時,在存在樹脂A的情況下,本發明的著色組成物能夠藉由將複數種顏料體同時進行分散來製造。亦即,能夠藉由將2種以上的顏料體與樹脂A進行混合,並且將複數種顏料體同時進行分散來製造。 本發明的著色組成物中所使用之顏料體,在有機顏料的表面的至少一部分具有金屬氧化物,因此能夠使有機顏料的表面狀態幾乎相同,而不依存於有機顏料的種類。藉此,即使將複數種顏料體同時進行分散,亦不易產生各顏料體的分散進行之差,能夠設為分散穩定性優異之著色組成物。 又,能夠按顏料體進行上述分散步驟,並混合將各顏料體進行分散之組成物(分散液)來製造。Further, when two or more kinds of pigment bodies are contained, in the case where the resin A is present, the colored composition of the present invention can be produced by simultaneously dispersing a plurality of pigment bodies. In other words, it is possible to produce by mixing two or more kinds of pigment bodies with the resin A and simultaneously dispersing a plurality of pigment bodies. Since the pigment body used in the colored composition of the present invention has a metal oxide on at least a part of the surface of the organic pigment, the surface state of the organic pigment can be made almost the same regardless of the type of the organic pigment. Thereby, even if a plurality of pigment bodies are simultaneously dispersed, the difference in dispersion of the respective pigment bodies is less likely to occur, and a coloring composition excellent in dispersion stability can be obtained. Further, the dispersion step can be carried out in the form of a pigment, and a composition (dispersion) in which each pigment body is dispersed can be mixed and produced.

分散步驟中所使用之樹脂A可以僅為1種,亦可以為2種以上。從分散穩定性的觀點考慮,僅為1種為較佳。使用2種以上之情況下,樹脂A實質上僅由酸性樹脂構成,或僅由鹼性樹脂構成為較佳。又,樹脂A彼此的SP值之差為6(J/cm30.5 以下為較佳,0~5(J/cm30.5 更為佳。樹脂A彼此的SP值之差在上述範圍內,則能夠提高顏料體的分散穩定性。 又,在分散步驟中使用溶劑時,溶劑可以僅為1種,亦可以為2種以上。使用2種以上之情況下,溶劑彼此的SP值之差為6(J/cm30.5 以下為較佳,0~5(J/cm30.5 更為佳。SP值之差在上述範圍內,則能夠提高顏料體的分散穩定性。 又,樹脂A與溶劑的SP值之差為6(J/cm30.5 以下為較佳,0~5(J/cm30.5 更為佳。The resin A used in the dispersion step may be one type or two or more types. From the viewpoint of dispersion stability, only one type is preferable. When two or more types are used, the resin A is preferably composed of only an acidic resin or a basic resin alone. Further, the difference between the SP values of the resins A is preferably 6 (J/cm 3 ) 0.5 or less, and more preferably 0 to 5 (J/cm 3 ) 0.5 . When the difference between the SP values of the resins A is within the above range, the dispersion stability of the pigment body can be improved. Further, when a solvent is used in the dispersion step, the solvent may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When two or more kinds are used, the difference between the SP values of the solvents is preferably 6 (J/cm 3 ) 0.5 or less, more preferably 0 to 5 (J/cm 3 ) 0.5 . When the difference in SP value is within the above range, the dispersion stability of the pigment body can be improved. Further, the difference between the SP values of the resin A and the solvent is preferably 6 (J/cm 3 ) 0.5 or less, and more preferably 0 to 5 (J/cm 3 ) 0.5 .

對上述分散步驟後的組成物(分散液),添加聚合性化合物、光聚合起始劑等其他成分,藉此得到本發明的著色組成物。其他成分可以統一配合,亦可以在將各成分溶解並分散於溶劑之後逐次進行配合。又,配合各成分時的投入順序和工作條件並不受特別的限制。例如,可以將總成分同時溶解並分散於溶劑中來製備著色組成物,亦可以根據需要,將各成分適當地作為2種以上的溶液或分散液,使用時(塗佈時)將該些進行混合來製備成著色組成物。The coloring composition of the present invention is obtained by adding a component such as a polymerizable compound or a photopolymerization initiator to the composition (dispersion liquid) after the dispersion step. The other components may be uniformly compounded, or may be successively blended after dissolving and dispersing the components in a solvent. Further, the order of input and the working conditions in the case of blending the respective components are not particularly limited. For example, the coloring composition may be prepared by dissolving and dispersing the total component in a solvent at the same time, and if necessary, each component may be appropriately used as a solution or a dispersion of two or more kinds, and when it is used (at the time of coating), the components may be used. Mix to prepare a colored composition.

本發明的著色組成物的製造方法中,以去除異物和減少缺陷等目的而用過濾器進行過濾為較佳。作為過濾器,只要是一直以來在過濾用途等中所使用者,則可以無特別的限定地使用。例如可舉出使用聚四氟乙烯(PTFE)等氟樹脂、尼龍-6、尼龍-6,6等聚醯胺系樹脂、聚乙烯、聚丙烯(PP)等聚烯烴樹脂(含有高密度、超高分子量)等的過濾器。該些原材料中聚丙烯(含有高密度聚丙烯)為較佳。 過濾器的孔徑為0.01~7.0μm左右比較合適,0.01~3.0μm左右為較佳,0.05~0.5μm左右為進一步較佳。藉由設成該範圍,能夠可靠地去除在後步驟中阻礙製備均勻以及平滑的著色組成物之微細的異物。In the method for producing a colored composition of the present invention, it is preferred to filter with a filter for the purpose of removing foreign matter and reducing defects. The filter can be used without any particular limitation as long as it is used by a user for filtration or the like. For example, a fluororesin such as polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE), a polyamide resin such as nylon-6 or nylon-6,6, or a polyolefin resin such as polyethylene or polypropylene (PP) may be used (including high density and super High molecular weight) filter. Among these raw materials, polypropylene (containing high density polypropylene) is preferred. The pore diameter of the filter is preferably about 0.01 to 7.0 μm, preferably about 0.01 to 3.0 μm, and more preferably about 0.05 to 0.5 μm. By setting this range, it is possible to reliably remove fine foreign matter which hinders preparation of a uniform and smooth coloring composition in the subsequent step.

在使用過濾器時,亦可以組合不同的過濾器來使用。此時,藉由第1過濾器的過濾可以僅進行1次,亦可以進行2次以上。 又,亦可以在上述範圍內組合不同孔徑的第1過濾器。此處的孔徑可參閱過濾器製造商的標稱值。作為市售的過濾器,例如能夠從NIHON PALL LTD.、ADVANTECH TOYO KAISHA,LTD.、NIHON ENTEGRIS K.K.(以前的Mykrolis Corporation)或KITZ MICROFILTER CORPORATION 等提供之各種過濾器中選擇。 第2過濾器可使用由與上述第1過濾器相同材料等形成者。 例如可以只利用分散液進行藉由第1過濾器的過濾,在混合其他成分之後,進行藉由第2過濾器的過濾。When using a filter, it is also possible to combine different filters for use. At this time, the filtration by the first filter may be performed only once, or may be performed twice or more. Further, the first filter having a different pore diameter may be combined within the above range. The aperture here can be found in the nominal value of the filter manufacturer. As a commercially available filter, for example, it can be selected from various filters provided by NIHON PALL LTD., ADVANTECH TOYO KAISHA, LTD., NIHON ENTEGRIS K.K. (formerly Mykrolis Corporation) or KITZ MICROFILTER CORPORATION. The second filter can be formed of the same material or the like as the first filter described above. For example, the filtration by the first filter can be performed only by the dispersion, and after the other components are mixed, the filtration by the second filter is performed.

本發明的著色組成物由於能夠形成耐光性、移染性、平坦性良好的硬化膜,因此較佳地使用於形成彩色濾光片的著色層。並且,本發明的著色組成物能夠較佳地用於電荷耦合元件(CCD)、互補式金屬氧化物半導體(CMOS)等固體攝像元件、以及液晶顯示裝置等圖像顯示裝置中所使用之彩色濾光片等的著色圖案形成用途。 將本發明的著色組成物用作彩色濾光片形成用途之情況下,進一步含有聚合性化合物及光聚合起始劑為較佳。The colored composition of the present invention is preferably used for forming a colored layer of a color filter because it can form a cured film having good light resistance, transfer property, and flatness. Further, the colored composition of the present invention can be preferably used for a solid-state imaging device such as a charge coupled device (CCD) or a complementary metal oxide semiconductor (CMOS), and a color filter used in an image display device such as a liquid crystal display device. The coloring pattern of a light sheet or the like is used for forming. When the coloring composition of the present invention is used as a color filter forming application, it is preferred to further contain a polymerizable compound and a photopolymerization initiator.

又,本發明的著色組成物能夠亦較佳地用作噴墨用油墨組成物。在此,噴墨係指,將藉由泵或壓電元件等被加壓之油墨組成物從噴嘴孔噴塗於基材對象物來形成圖像者。Further, the coloring composition of the present invention can also be preferably used as an ink composition for inkjet. Here, the inkjet means that an ink composition pressurized by a pump or a piezoelectric element is sprayed onto a substrate object from a nozzle hole to form an image.

噴墨用油墨組成物的較佳物理性質為如下。 表面張力為20~60mN/m為較佳。20~45mN/m為更佳,25~35mN/m為進一步較佳。上述表面張力係使用Wilhelmy型表面張力計在23℃、相對濕度55%的環境下進行測定之值。 黏度為1.2~8.0mPa・s為較佳,1.5~6.0mPa・s為更佳,1.8~4.5mPa・s為進一步較佳。另外,上述黏度的測定係23℃下進行測定之值。 固體成分濃度為5~60質量%為較佳,10~30質量%為更佳,15~25質量%為進一步較佳。Preferred physical properties of the ink composition for ink jet are as follows. A surface tension of 20 to 60 mN/m is preferred. More preferably, it is 20 to 45 mN/m, and further preferably 25 to 35 mN/m. The surface tension was measured using a Wilhelmy type surface tension meter at 23 ° C and a relative humidity of 55%. The viscosity is preferably 1.2 to 8.0 mPa·s, more preferably 1.5 to 6.0 mPa·s, and still more preferably 1.8 to 4.5 mPa·s. Further, the measurement of the above viscosity was carried out at 23 ° C. The solid content concentration is preferably 5 to 60% by mass, more preferably 10 to 30% by mass, and still more preferably 15 to 25% by mass.

噴墨用油墨組成物亦可以係活性能量線硬化性組成物。噴墨用油墨組成物中所使用之成分、噴墨裝置、使用噴墨用油墨組成物之圖像形成方法能夠參閱日本特開2015-151430號公報、日本特開2012-177026號公報中所記載之內容,並將該些內容併入本說明書中。The inkjet ink composition may also be an active energy ray-curable composition. The components used in the ink composition for inkjet, the inkjet device, and the image forming method using the inkjet ink composition can be described in JP-A-2015-151430 and JP-A-2012-177026. The content is incorporated into this specification.

又,本發明的著色組成物能夠較佳地用作印刷用油墨組成物。作為能夠適用之印刷方法並無特別的限定,可舉出平版印刷、凹版印刷、網版印刷等。Further, the coloring composition of the present invention can be preferably used as a printing ink composition. The printing method which can be applied is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include lithography, gravure printing, screen printing, and the like.

<彩色濾光片、圖案形成方法、彩色濾光片的製造方法> 接著,對本發明的彩色濾光片、圖案形成方法以及彩色濾光片的製造方法進行詳細敘述。又,對使用本發明的圖案形成方法之彩色濾光片的製造方法亦進行說明。<Color Filter, Pattern Forming Method, and Method of Manufacturing Color Filter> Next, the color filter, the pattern forming method, and the method of producing the color filter of the present invention will be described in detail. Further, a method of manufacturing a color filter using the pattern forming method of the present invention will also be described.

本發明的彩色濾光片係使用本發明的著色組成物而形成者。 圖案形成方法中,使用本發明的著色組成物,在支撐體上形成著色組成物層,並去除不需要部分而形成著色圖案為較佳。 圖案形成方法能夠較佳地適用於形成彩色濾光片的著色圖案。 圖案形成方法可以利用所謂的光刻法進行圖案形成,亦可以藉由乾式蝕刻法進行圖案形成。 亦即,本發明的彩色濾光片的製造方法的第一較佳態樣含有:使用本發明的著色組成物,在支撐體上形成著色組成物層之步驟;將著色組成物層曝光成圖案狀之步驟;以及將未曝光部顯影去除而形成著色圖案之步驟。根據需要,亦可以設置將著色組成物層進行烘烤之步驟(預烘烤步驟)、以及將顯影之著色圖案進行烘烤之步驟(後烘烤步驟)。 並且,本發明的彩色濾光片的製造方法的第二較佳態樣含有:使用本發明的著色組成物,在支撐體上形成著色組成物層,並進行硬化而形成著色層之步驟;在著色層上形成光阻層之步驟;藉由曝光及顯影,將光阻層圖案化而得到抗蝕圖案之步驟;以及將抗蝕圖案作為蝕刻遮罩,對著色層進行乾式蝕刻而形成著色圖案之步驟。 本發明的彩色濾光片能夠藉由上述製造方法適當地得到。以下,對該等進行詳細敘述。The color filter of the present invention is formed by using the colored composition of the present invention. In the pattern forming method, it is preferred to form the colored composition layer on the support by using the colored composition of the present invention, and to remove the unnecessary portion to form a colored pattern. The pattern forming method can be preferably applied to the colored pattern forming the color filter. The pattern forming method may be patterned by a so-called photolithography method or may be patterned by a dry etching method. That is, a first preferred aspect of the method for producing a color filter of the present invention comprises the steps of forming a colored composition layer on a support using the colored composition of the present invention; and exposing the colored composition layer to a pattern And a step of developing the colored pattern by developing and removing the unexposed portion. A step of baking the colored composition layer (prebaking step) and a step of baking the developed color pattern (post baking step) may also be provided as needed. Further, a second preferred aspect of the method for producing a color filter of the present invention comprises the steps of forming a colored composition layer on a support and forming a colored layer by using the colored composition of the present invention; a step of forming a photoresist layer on the colored layer; a step of patterning the photoresist layer by exposure and development to obtain a resist pattern; and using the resist pattern as an etch mask to dry-etch the colored layer to form a colored pattern The steps. The color filter of the present invention can be suitably obtained by the above production method. Hereinafter, the details will be described.

<<形成著色組成物層之步驟>> 在形成著色組成物層之步驟中,使用本發明的著色組成物,在支撐體上形成著色組成物層。<<Step of Forming Colored Composition Layer>> In the step of forming the colored composition layer, a colored composition layer is formed on the support using the colored composition of the present invention.

作為支撐體,例如能夠使用在基板(例如,矽基板)上設有CCD或CMOS等固體攝像元件(受光元件)之固體攝像元件用基板。 本發明中之著色圖案可以形成於固體攝像元件用基板的固體攝像元件形成面側(表面),亦可以形成於固體攝像元件非形成面側(背面)。 為了改善與上部層之密合、防止物質的擴散或實現基板表面的平坦化,根據需要可以在支撐體上設置底塗層。As the support, for example, a substrate for a solid-state imaging device in which a solid-state imaging device (light-receiving element) such as a CCD or a CMOS is provided on a substrate (for example, a germanium substrate) can be used. The colored pattern in the present invention may be formed on the solid-state imaging device forming surface side (surface) of the solid-state imaging device substrate, or may be formed on the solid-state imaging device non-forming surface side (back surface). In order to improve the adhesion to the upper layer, prevent the diffusion of the substance, or achieve planarization of the surface of the substrate, an undercoat layer may be provided on the support as needed.

作為在支撐體上適用本發明的著色組成物之方法,能夠利用狹縫塗佈、噴墨法、旋轉塗佈、流延塗佈、輥塗佈、絲網印刷法等各種方法。As a method of applying the coloring composition of the present invention to a support, various methods such as slit coating, inkjet method, spin coating, cast coating, roll coating, and screen printing can be used.

適用於支撐體上之著色組成物層的乾燥(預烘烤)可以使用加熱板、烘箱等在50~140℃、10~300秒鐘的條件下進行。The drying (prebaking) of the colored composition layer applied to the support can be carried out using a hot plate, an oven or the like at 50 to 140 ° C for 10 to 300 seconds.

<<曝光步驟>> 接著,將形成於支撐體上之著色組成物層曝光成圖案狀(曝光步驟)。例如對形成於支撐體上之著色組成物層,使用步進機等曝光裝置,經由具有規定的遮罩圖案之遮罩進行曝光,藉此能夠曝光成圖案狀。藉此能夠使曝光部分硬化。 作為可以在曝光時使用之放射線(光),使用g線、i線等紫外線為較佳(i線為特佳)。照射量(曝光量)例如為30~1500mJ/cm2 為較佳,50~1000mJ/cm2 為更佳,80~500mJ/cm2 為最佳。<<Exposure Step>> Next, the colored composition layer formed on the support is exposed to a pattern (exposure step). For example, the colored composition layer formed on the support can be exposed to a pattern by exposure using a mask having a predetermined mask pattern by using an exposure device such as a stepping machine. Thereby, the exposed portion can be hardened. As the radiation (light) which can be used for exposure, it is preferable to use ultraviolet rays such as g-line or i-line (i-line is particularly preferable). The irradiation amount (exposure amount) is preferably, for example, 30 to 1,500 mJ/cm 2 , more preferably 50 to 1000 mJ/cm 2 , and most preferably 80 to 500 mJ/cm 2 .

硬化膜的膜厚為2.0μm以下為較佳,1.0μm以下為更佳,0.7μm以下為進一步較佳。下限例如能夠設為0.1μm以上,還能夠設為0.2μm以上。藉由將膜厚設為2.0μm以下,容易得到高解析度、高密合性。The film thickness of the cured film is preferably 2.0 μm or less, more preferably 1.0 μm or less, and further preferably 0.7 μm or less. The lower limit can be, for example, 0.1 μm or more, and can be 0.2 μm or more. By setting the film thickness to 2.0 μm or less, it is easy to obtain high resolution and high adhesion.

<<<圖案形成步驟>>> 接著,將未曝光部顯影去除而形成著色圖案(圖案形成步驟)。針對未曝光部的顯影去除能夠使用顯影液來進行。藉此,曝光步驟中之未曝光部的著色組成物層在顯影液中溶出,僅殘留光硬化之部分。 作為顯影液,不會對基底的固體攝像元件和電路等造成損傷之有機鹼性顯影液為較佳。 顯影液的溫度例如為20~30℃為較佳。顯影時間為20~180秒鐘為較佳。並且,為了提高殘渣除去性,可以重複進行多次每隔60秒將該顯影液進行振蕩,再供給新的顯影液之步驟。<<<Pattern Forming Step>> Next, the unexposed portion is developed and removed to form a colored pattern (pattern forming step). The development removal for the unexposed portion can be performed using a developer. Thereby, the colored composition layer of the unexposed part in the exposure step is eluted in the developing solution, and only the portion where the light is hardened remains. As the developer, an organic alkaline developer which does not damage the solid image sensor and the circuit of the substrate is preferable. The temperature of the developer is preferably, for example, 20 to 30 °C. The development time is preferably from 20 to 180 seconds. Further, in order to improve the residue removal property, the developer may be repeatedly oscillated every 60 seconds for a plurality of times to supply a new developer.

作為使用於顯影液之鹼劑,例如可舉出氨水、乙胺、二乙胺、二甲基乙醇胺、二乙二醇胺、二乙醇胺、羥基胺、乙二胺、氫氧化四甲基銨、氫氧化四乙基銨、氫氧化四丙基銨、氫氧化四丁基銨、氫氧化芐基三甲基銨、膽鹼、吡咯、哌啶、1,8-二氮雜雙環[5,4,0]-7-十一碳烯等有機鹼性化合物。以濃度成為0.001~10質量%,較佳地成為0.01~1質量%的方式用純水稀釋該些鹼劑而得到之鹼性水溶液較佳地用作顯影液。 又,亦可在顯影液中使用無機鹼。作為無機鹼,例如氫氧化鈉、氫氧化鉀、碳酸鈉、碳酸氫鈉、矽酸鈉、偏矽酸鈉等為較佳。 又,亦可在顯影液中使用界面活性劑。作為界面活性劑的例子,可舉出以上述著色組成物進行說明之界面活性劑,非離子系界面活性劑為較佳。 另外,在使用由該種鹼性水溶液構成之顯影液的情況下,一般在顯影之後,用純水進行清洗(沖洗)。Examples of the alkaline agent used in the developer include ammonia water, ethylamine, diethylamine, dimethylethanolamine, diethylene glycol amine, diethanolamine, hydroxylamine, ethylenediamine, tetramethylammonium hydroxide, Tetraethylammonium hydroxide, tetrapropylammonium hydroxide, tetrabutylammonium hydroxide, benzyltrimethylammonium hydroxide, choline, pyrrole, piperidine, 1,8-diazabicyclo[5,4 , 0]-7-undecene and other organic basic compounds. The alkaline aqueous solution obtained by diluting the alkaline agents with pure water so as to have a concentration of 0.001 to 10% by mass, preferably 0.01 to 1% by mass, is preferably used as the developing solution. Further, an inorganic base may be used in the developer. As the inorganic base, for example, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, sodium hydrogencarbonate, sodium citrate, sodium metasilicate or the like is preferable. Further, a surfactant may be used in the developer. Examples of the surfactant include a surfactant described in the above colored composition, and a nonionic surfactant is preferred. Further, in the case of using a developer composed of such an alkaline aqueous solution, it is generally washed (rinsed) with pure water after development.

在顯影之後,在實施乾燥之後進行加熱處理(後烘烤)為較佳。若要形成多色著色圖案,則能夠對每個顏色依次重複進行步驟而製造硬化膜。藉此,可以獲得彩色濾光片。 後烘烤為用於完全硬化的顯影後的加熱處理,加熱溫度例如為100~240℃為較佳,200~240℃為更佳。後烘烤之後的膜的膜的楊氏模量為0.5~20GPa為較佳,2.5~15GPa更為佳。 能夠使用加熱板或對流式烘箱(熱風循環式乾燥機)、高頻加熱機等加熱機構,以成為上述條件之方式,以連續式或分批式對顯影後的膜進行後烘烤處理。After the development, it is preferred to carry out heat treatment (post-baking) after performing the drying. In order to form a multicolor coloring pattern, it is possible to repeat the steps for each color to produce a cured film. Thereby, a color filter can be obtained. The post-baking is heat treatment after development for complete hardening, and the heating temperature is preferably 100 to 240 ° C, more preferably 200 to 240 ° C. The Young's modulus of the film of the film after post-baking is preferably 0.5 to 20 GPa, more preferably 2.5 to 15 GPa. The film after development can be post-baked in a continuous or batch manner using a heating means such as a hot plate or a convection oven (hot air circulation dryer) or a high-frequency heater.

本發明的彩色濾光片能夠較佳地地應用於CCD、CMOS等固體攝像元件中,尤其使用於超過100萬畫素之高解析度的CCD、CMOS等中為較佳。 本發明的彩色濾光片例如能夠用作在構成CCD或CMOS之各畫素的受光部與用於聚光的微透鏡之間配置之彩色濾光片。The color filter of the present invention can be preferably applied to a solid-state imaging device such as a CCD or a CMOS, and is particularly preferably used in a high-resolution CCD, CMOS or the like exceeding 1 million pixels. The color filter of the present invention can be used, for example, as a color filter disposed between a light receiving portion constituting each pixel of a CCD or CMOS and a microlens for collecting light.

本發明的彩色濾光片中之著色圖案(著色畫素)的膜厚為2.0μm以下為較佳,1.0μm以下為更佳,0.7μm以下為進一步較佳。下限例如能夠設為0.1μm以上,亦可以設為0.2μm以上。 又,作為著色圖案(著色畫素)的尺寸(圖案寬度),2.5μm以下為較佳,2.0μm以下為更佳,1.7μm以下為特佳。下限例如可以設為0.1μm以上,亦可以設為0.2μm以上。The coloring pattern (colored pixel) of the color filter of the present invention has a film thickness of preferably 2.0 μm or less, more preferably 1.0 μm or less, and further preferably 0.7 μm or less. The lower limit can be, for example, 0.1 μm or more, or 0.2 μm or more. Further, the size (pattern width) of the colored pattern (colored pixel) is preferably 2.5 μm or less, more preferably 2.0 μm or less, and particularly preferably 1.7 μm or less. The lower limit can be, for example, 0.1 μm or more, or 0.2 μm or more.

藉由乾式蝕刻形成圖案之情況下,能夠參閱日本特開2013-64993號公報中所記載之內容,將該內容併入本說明書中。In the case of forming a pattern by dry etching, the contents described in JP-A-2013-64993 can be referred to, and the contents are incorporated in the present specification.

<固體攝像元件> 固體攝像元件具備上述本發明的彩色濾光片。作為固體攝像元件的構成,只要是具備本發明的彩色濾光片且作為固體攝像元件而發揮功能之構成,則無特別的限定,例如可舉出如以下構成。<Solid-State Imaging Device> The solid-state imaging device includes the above-described color filter of the present invention. The configuration of the solid-state imaging device is not particularly limited as long as it is a configuration in which the color filter of the present invention is provided as a solid-state imaging device, and the following configuration is exemplified.

如下構成:在支撐體上具有構成固體攝像元件(CCD圖像感測器、CMOS圖像感測器等)的受光區域之複數個光電二極體、以及由多晶矽等構成之轉移電極,在光電二極體以及轉移電極上具有僅使光電二極體的受光部開口之由鎢等構成之遮光膜,在遮光膜上具有以覆蓋遮光膜整個面以及光電二極體受光部的方式形成之由氮化矽等構成之裝置保護膜,在裝置保護膜上具有本發明的彩色濾光片。 A plurality of photodiodes constituting a light receiving region of a solid-state imaging device (a CCD image sensor, a CMOS image sensor, or the like) and a transfer electrode made of a polycrystalline silicon or the like are provided on the support, and the photoelectric The polarizer and the transfer electrode have a light-shielding film made of tungsten or the like which opens only the light-receiving portion of the photodiode, and the light-shielding film is formed to cover the entire surface of the light-shielding film and the photodiode light-receiving portion. A device protective film made of tantalum nitride or the like has the color filter of the present invention on the device protective film.

另外,亦可以為在裝置保護層上且彩色濾光片的下側(接近支撐體的一側)具有聚光機構(例如微透鏡等。以下相同)之構成、或在彩色濾光片上具有聚光機構之構成等。 Further, it may be configured to have a light collecting means (for example, a microlens or the like, the same below) on the protective layer of the device and on the lower side of the color filter (the side close to the support), or may have a color filter. The composition of the concentrating mechanism, and the like.

又,彩色濾光片可具有經由隔板例如分割為方格狀之空間中嵌入有形成各顏色的畫素之硬化膜的構成。該情況下的相對於個顏色的畫素隔板為低折射率為較佳。作為具有該種結構之攝像裝置的例子,可舉出日本特開2012-227478號公報、日本特開2014-179577號公報中所記載之裝置。 Further, the color filter may have a configuration in which a cured film forming a pixel of each color is embedded in a space partitioned into a square shape via a spacer, for example. In this case, the pixel spacer with respect to each color is preferably a low refractive index. An example of the image pickup apparatus having such a configuration is the apparatus described in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 2012-227478, and the Japanese Patent Publication No. JP-A-2014-179577.

<圖像顯示裝置> <Image display device>

本發明的彩色濾光片能夠使用於液晶顯示裝置、有機電致發光顯示裝置等圖像顯示裝置。尤其使用於液晶顯示裝置的用途為較佳。具備本發明的彩色濾光片之液晶顯示裝置能夠顯示顯示圖像的色彩良好且顯示特性優異之高清圖像。 The color filter of the present invention can be used for an image display device such as a liquid crystal display device or an organic electroluminescence display device. In particular, the use for a liquid crystal display device is preferred. The liquid crystal display device including the color filter of the present invention can display a high-definition image in which the color of the displayed image is good and the display characteristics are excellent.

關於圖像顯示裝置的定義、各圖像顯示裝置的詳細內容,例如記載於“電子顯示器裝置(佐佐木 昭夫 著,Kogyo Chosakai Publishing Co.,Ltd.,1990年發行)”、“顯示器裝置(伊吹 順章著、Sangyo Tosho Co.,Ltd.,平成元年發行)”等。又,關於液晶顯示裝置,例如記載於“下一代液晶顯示器技術(內田 龍男編輯、Kogyo Chosakai Publishing Co.,Ltd.,1994年發行)”。本發明能夠適用之液晶顯示裝置並無特別的限制,例如能夠適用於上述“下一代液晶顯示器技術”中記載之各種方式的液晶顯示裝置。The definition of the image display device and the details of each image display device are described, for example, in "Electronic display device (Kogyo Chosakai Publishing Co., Ltd., issued in 1990)", "Display device (Ibukishun) Zhang, Sangyo Tosho Co., Ltd., released in the first year of Heisei) and so on. Further, the liquid crystal display device is described, for example, in "Next-Generation Liquid Crystal Display Technology (Edited by Kogyo Chosakai Publishing Co., Ltd., 1994)". The liquid crystal display device to which the present invention is applicable is not particularly limited, and can be applied to, for example, various types of liquid crystal display devices described in the "next-generation liquid crystal display technology".

本發明的彩色濾光片亦可使用於彩色TFT(Thin Film Transistor)方式的液晶顯示裝置。關於彩色TFT方式的液晶顯示裝置,例如記載於“彩色TFT液晶顯示器(KYORITSU SHUPPAN CO.,LTD.,1996年發行)”。另外,本發明亦能夠適用於IPS(In Plane Switching)等橫向電場驅動方式、MVA(Multi-domain Vertical Alignment)等畫素分割方式等的視角被擴大之液晶顯示裝置、或STN(Super-Twist Nematic)、TN(Twisted Nematic)、VA(Vertical Alignment)、OCS(on-chip spacer)、FFS(fringe field switching)、以及R-OCB(Reflective Optically Compensated Bend)等中。 又,本發明之彩色濾光片亦能夠提供於明亮且高清晰之COA(Color-filter On Array)方式。在COA方式的液晶顯示裝置中,對彩色濾光片層之要求特性除了如前述之通常的要求特性以外,有時還需要對層間絶縁膜之要求特性,亦即低介電常數以及剝離液耐性。本發明的彩色濾光片由於耐光性等良好,因此能夠提供解析度高、長期耐久性良好之COA方式的液晶顯示裝置。另外,為了滿足低介電常數的要求特性,亦可以在彩色濾光片層之上設置樹脂覆膜。 關於該些圖像顯示方式,例如記載於“EL、PDP、LCD顯示器-技術與市場的最新動向-(Toray Research Center,Inc.調査研究部門,2001年發行)”的43頁等。The color filter of the present invention can also be used in a liquid crystal display device of a color TFT (Thin Film Transistor) type. A liquid crystal display device of a color TFT type is described, for example, in "Color TFT liquid crystal display (KYORITSU SHUPPAN CO., LTD., issued in 1996)". In addition, the present invention is also applicable to a liquid crystal display device in which a viewing angle such as a horizontal electric field driving method such as IPS (In Plane Switching) or a pixel division method such as MVA (Multi-domain Vertical Alignment) is expanded, or STN (Super-Twist Nematic). ), TN (Twisted Nematic), VA (Vertical Alignment), OCS (on-chip spacer), FFS (fringe field switching), and R-OCB (Reflective Optically Compensated Bend). Moreover, the color filter of the present invention can also be provided in a bright and high-resolution COA (Color-filter On Array) method. In the COA liquid crystal display device, in addition to the usual required characteristics as described above, the required characteristics of the color filter layer may be required for the interlayer insulating film, that is, the low dielectric constant and the peeling liquid resistance. . Since the color filter of the present invention is excellent in light resistance and the like, it is possible to provide a COA liquid crystal display device having high resolution and long-term durability. Further, in order to satisfy the required characteristics of a low dielectric constant, a resin coating may be provided on the color filter layer. These image display methods are described, for example, on page 43 of "EL, PDP, LCD Display - Technology and Market Trends - (Toray Research Center, Inc. Survey and Research Department, issued in 2001)".

具備本發明之彩色濾光片之液晶顯示裝置,除了本發明之彩色濾光片以外,還藉由電極基板、偏光膜、相位差膜、背光裝置、間隔件、視角補償膜等各種構件所構成。本發明的彩色濾光片能夠適用於由該些公知的構件構成之液晶顯示裝置。關於該些構件,例如記載於“’94液晶顯示器周邊材料以及化學產品的市場(島 健太郎 CMC CO.,LTD.1994年發行)”、“2003液晶關連市場的現狀以及未來展望(下卷)(表良吉 FUJI CHIMERA RESEARCH INSTITUTE, INC.,2003年發行)”。 關於背光,記載於SID meeting Digest 1380 (2005) (A.Konno et.al)、月刊顯示器2005年12月號的18~24頁(島 康裕)、月刊顯示器2005年12月號的25~30頁(八木隆明)等。The liquid crystal display device including the color filter of the present invention comprises, in addition to the color filter of the present invention, an electrode substrate, a polarizing film, a retardation film, a backlight device, a spacer, and a viewing angle compensation film. . The color filter of the present invention can be applied to a liquid crystal display device composed of such known members. These components are described, for example, in "94 Markets for Liquid Crystal Display Peripherals and Chemical Products (issued by Kanda Co., Ltd., CMC CO., LTD.)", "2003 Current Status and Future Prospects of Liquid Crystal Related Markets (Vol. 2)" "FUJI CHIMERA RESEARCH INSTITUTE, INC., issued in 2003)". The backlight is described in SID meeting Digest 1380 (2005) (A. Konno et. al), monthly publication December 2005, pages 18 to 24 (Island Kang Yu), monthly publication, December 2005 issue, 25 to 30 pages. (Yamamu Longming) and so on.

若將本發明之彩色濾光片使用於液晶顯示裝置,則與以往公知的冷陰極管的三波長管組合時能夠實現較高的對比度,另外,藉由將紅、緑、藍的二極體(LED)光源作為背光,能夠提供亮度較高且色彩純度較高的色彩再現性良好的液晶顯示裝置。 【實施例】When the color filter of the present invention is used in a liquid crystal display device, high contrast can be achieved when combined with a conventional three-wavelength tube of a cold cathode tube, and red, green, and blue diodes can be used. As a backlight, the (LED) light source can provide a liquid crystal display device having high brightness and high color reproducibility. [Examples]

以下,例舉實施例對本發明進行更具體的說明。以下實施例中所示之材料、使用量、比例、處理內容、處理順序等,只要不脱離本發明的趣旨,則能夠適當地進行變更。從而,本發明的範圍係並非限定於以下所示之具體例者。另外,只要沒有特別的說明,則“份”、“ %”為質量基準。又,以下將含有顏料體之分散液、及含有顏料之分散液一併稱為顏料分散液。Hereinafter, the present invention will be more specifically described by way of examples. The materials, the amounts, the ratios, the processing contents, the processing procedures, and the like shown in the following examples can be appropriately changed without departing from the gist of the present invention. Therefore, the scope of the invention is not limited to the specific examples shown below. In addition, unless otherwise indicated, "part" and "%" are mass standards. Further, the dispersion liquid containing the pigment body and the dispersion liquid containing the pigment are collectively referred to as a pigment dispersion liquid hereinafter.

<重均分子量的測定> 藉由以下方法測定重均分子量。 色譜柱的種類:連結TOSOH TSKgel Super HZM-H、TOSOH TSKgel Super HZ4000以及TOSOH TSKgel Super HZ2000之色譜柱 展開溶劑:四氫呋喃 色譜柱溫度:40℃ 流量(樣品注入量):1.0μL(樣品濃度:0.1質量%) 裝置名稱:TOSOH Corporation製造 HLC-8220GPC 檢測器:RI(折射率)檢測器 校準曲線基礎樹脂:聚苯乙烯<Measurement of Weight Average Molecular Weight> The weight average molecular weight was measured by the following method. Column type: Column TOSOH TSKgel Super HZM-H, TOSOH TSKgel Super HZ4000 and TOSOH TSKgel Super HZ2000 Development solvent: Tetrahydrofuran Column temperature: 40 °C Flow rate (sample injection amount): 1.0 μL (sample concentration: 0.1 mass) %) Device name: HLC-8220GPC manufactured by TOSOH Corporation Detector: RI (refractive index) detector calibration curve Base resin: polystyrene

<黏度測定> 使用E型黏度計“TV-20型黏度計・錐版型TVE-20L”(TOKI SANGYO CO.,LTD.製造),將樣品溫度調整至23℃來測定樣品的黏度。<Viscosity measurement> The viscosity of the sample was measured by adjusting the sample temperature to 23 ° C using an E-type viscometer "TV-20 type viscometer / cone type TVE-20L" (manufactured by TOKI SANGYO CO., LTD.).

<顏料體P1~P10的製造> 將表1所示之有機顏料100質量份、矽酸乙酯10質量份、甲醇90質量份的混合物在0℃下攪拌10小時之後,在20℃下攪拌20小時。濾取固體成分,在25℃下乾燥24小時、在100℃下乾燥10小時、在200℃下乾燥1小時之後進行粉碎,得到有機顏料被SiO2 被覆之顏料體。<Production of Pigment Body P1 to P10> A mixture of 100 parts by mass of the organic pigment shown in Table 1 and 10 parts by mass of ethyl decanoate and 90 parts by mass of methanol was stirred at 0 ° C for 10 hours, and then stirred at 20 ° C for 20 hours. hour. The solid component was collected by filtration, dried at 25 ° C for 24 hours, dried at 100 ° C for 10 hours, and dried at 200 ° C for 1 hour, and then pulverized to obtain a pigment body in which an organic pigment was coated with SiO 2 .

【表1】 表中的記號表示如下。 PR254 : C.I.顏料紅254 PR177 : C.I.顏料紅177 PY150 : C.I.顏料黃150 PY139 : C.I.顏料黃139 PY185 : C.I.顏料黃185 PG36 : C.I.顏料綠36 PG7 : C.I.顏料綠7 PG58 : C.I.顏料綠58 PB15:6:C.I.顏料藍15:6 PV23 : C.I.顏料紫23【Table 1】 The symbols in the table are as follows. PR254 : CI Pigment Red 254 PR177 : CI Pigment Red 177 PY150 : CI Pigment Yellow 150 PY139 : CI Pigment Yellow 139 PY185 : CI Pigment Yellow 185 PG36 : CI Pigment Green 36 PG7 : CI Pigment Green 7 PG58 : CI Pigment Green 58 PB15: 6: CI Pigment Blue 15:6 PV23: CI Pigment Violet 23

<試驗例1> 使用直徑0.3mm的氧化鋯珠,藉由珠磨機(進一步使用帶減壓機構之高壓分散機NANO-3000-10(NIHON B.E.E.CO.,LTD.製造)),將由下述成分構成之混合液混合1~10小時來製備表2~表4中所記載之使用被覆有SiO2 之顏料的顏料分散液、及表5中所記載之使用未被覆SiO2 之顏料的顏料分散液。另外,有關黏度,從藉由珠磨機開始進行混合起每1小時測定一次。表中的數值表示質量份。又,P1~P10及樹脂1、2、4及5的數值係以固體成分換算之值。<Test Example 1> A zirconia bead having a diameter of 0.3 mm was used, and a bead mill (further using a high-pressure disperser NANO-3000-10 (manufactured by NIHON BEECO., LTD.) with a pressure-reducing mechanism) was used. The mixed liquid of the composition was mixed for 1 to 10 hours to prepare a pigment dispersion liquid using the pigment coated with SiO 2 described in Tables 2 to 4 and a pigment dispersion liquid using the pigment not coated with SiO 2 described in Table 5; . In addition, the viscosity is measured every one hour from the start of mixing by the bead mill. The numerical values in the table indicate parts by mass. Further, the values of P1 to P10 and the resins 1, 2, 4, and 5 are values in terms of solid content.

【表2】 【表3】 【表4】 【表5】 【Table 2】 【table 3】 【Table 4】 【table 5】

表中所示之原料如下。 P1~P10:上述顏料體P1~P10樹脂1:下述結構(接枝共聚物、重均分子量22900、SP值23.8(J/cm30.5 、丙二醇甲基醚乙酸酯20質量%溶液) 【化學式22】樹脂2:下述結構(接枝共聚物、重均分子量10400、SP值18.6(J/cm30.5 ) 【化學式23】樹脂4:BYKChemie CO., LTD.製造 DISPERBYK-2164(主骨架為聚氨酯,側鏈具有聚酯或聚醚鏈之樹脂、SP值19.9(J/cm30.5 ) 樹脂5:下述結構(聚己內酯系樹脂、重量分子量20900、SP值19.6(J/cm30.5 ) 【化學式24】PGMEA:丙二醇甲基醚乙酸酯(SP值=17.9(J/cm30.5The materials shown in the table are as follows. P1 to P10: the above-mentioned pigment bodies P1 to P10 resin 1: the following structure (graft copolymer, weight average molecular weight 22900, SP value 23.8 (J/cm 3 ) 0.5 , propylene glycol methyl ether acetate 20 mass% solution) [Chemical Formula 22] Resin 2: the following structure (graft copolymer, weight average molecular weight 10400, SP value 18.6 (J/cm 3 ) 0.5 ) [Chemical Formula 23] Resin 4: manufactured by BYK Chemie CO., LTD. DISPERBYK-2164 (resin having a main skeleton of polyurethane and having a polyester or polyether chain in the side chain, SP value of 19.9 (J/cm 3 ) 0.5 ) Resin 5: the following structure (poly Caprolactone resin, weight molecular weight 20900, SP value 19.6 (J/cm 3 ) 0.5 ) [Chemical Formula 24] PGMEA: propylene glycol methyl ether acetate (SP value = 17.9 (J/cm 3 ) 0.5 )

<分散適宜時間> 使用直徑0.3mm的氧化鋯珠,將表2~5中所記載之組成構成的混合液在珠磨機中混合1~10小時。另外,關於黏度,從藉由珠磨機開始進行混合起以恆定的間隔進行測定。 將該上述混合液的分散進行時的黏度最小值至Δ黏度值為10%以下的範圍設為分散適宜時間,以如下基準評價分散適宜時間。 Δ黏度值(%)=(混合液的黏度測定值/混合液的分散液進行時的黏度最小值)×100 4:3小時以上 3:1小時以上且小於3小時 2:20分鐘以上且小於1小時 1:小於20分鐘<Dispersion Appropriate Time> Using a zirconia bead having a diameter of 0.3 mm, the mixed liquid having the composition shown in Tables 2 to 5 was mixed in a bead mill for 1 to 10 hours. Further, the viscosity was measured at a constant interval from the start of mixing by the bead mill. The range from the minimum value of the viscosity at the time of dispersion of the mixed liquid to the Δ viscosity value of 10% or less was defined as the dispersion appropriate time, and the appropriate dispersion time was evaluated on the following basis. Δ viscosity value (%) = (viscosity measurement value of the mixed solution / viscosity minimum value at the time of dispersion of the mixed liquid) × 100 4: 3 hours or more 3: 1 hour or more and less than 3 hours 2: 20 minutes or more and less than 1 hour 1: less than 20 minutes

<分散穩定性> 使用直徑0.3mm的氧化鋯珠,將表2~5中所記載之組成構成的混合液,在分散進行時的黏度成為最小值的時間內進行分散來製造顏料體分散液或顏料分散液。將所得到之顏料體分散液或顏料分散液在23℃、濕度45%的條件下保管1個月。接著,測定該顏料分散液的黏度變化率,並以如下基準評價分散穩定性。 黏度變化率=(保管1個月後之黏度/剛製造後之黏度)×100 4:黏度變化率為5%以下 3:黏度變化率為大於5%且10%以下 2:黏度變化率為大於10%且15%以下 1:黏度變化率大於15%<Dispersion stability> Using a zirconia beads having a diameter of 0.3 mm, the mixed liquid having the composition shown in Tables 2 to 5 is dispersed in a time when the viscosity at the time of dispersion is minimized to produce a pigment dispersion liquid or Pigment dispersion. The obtained pigment body dispersion or pigment dispersion liquid was stored under the conditions of 23 ° C and a humidity of 45% for 1 month. Next, the viscosity change rate of the pigment dispersion liquid was measured, and the dispersion stability was evaluated on the following basis. Viscosity change rate = (viscosity after storage for 1 month / viscosity immediately after manufacture) × 100 4: viscosity change rate is 5% or less 3: viscosity change rate is more than 5% and less than 10% 2: viscosity change rate is greater than 10% and less than 15% 1: viscosity change rate is greater than 15%

<耐熱性> 使用直徑0.3mm的氧化鋯珠,將由表2~5中所記載之組成構成之混合液,在分散進行時的黏度成為最小值的時間內進行分散來製造顏料分散液。 使用旋塗機(MIKASA CO., LTD製造),以乾燥後的膜厚成為0.6μm的方式將所得到之顏料分散液塗佈於玻璃基板(1737玻璃基板、厚度0.7mm、Corning Incorporated製造),並使用加熱板,在100℃下預烘烤2分鐘之後,在200℃下加熱5分鐘來製造膜(加熱處理前之膜)。 將所得到之膜使用加熱板,在260℃下加熱處理10分鐘(加熱處理後之膜)。作為分光計使用MCPD3000(Otsuka Electronics Co.,Ltd.製造)測定加熱處理前後之膜的分光特性,並以如下基準評價耐熱性。 另外,最大分光特性變化率係指,在某一波長區域中的分光特性變化率中最大者。 分光特性變化率=(|(加熱處理後之膜的透射率-加熱處理前之膜的透射率)|/加熱處理前之膜的透射率)×100 4:400~700nm波長區域中,最大分光特性變化率為0.5%以下 3:400~700nm波長區域中,最大分光特性變化率為大於0.5%且0.8%以下 2:400~700nm波長區域中,最大分光特性變化率大於為0.8%且1.5%以下 1:400~700nm波長區域中,最大分光特性變化率為大於1.5%<Heat resistance> A ZnO dispersion having a diameter of 0.3 mm was used, and the mixed liquid having the composition described in Tables 2 to 5 was dispersed in a time when the viscosity at the time of dispersion was minimized to produce a pigment dispersion liquid. The obtained pigment dispersion liquid was applied onto a glass substrate (1737 glass substrate, thickness: 0.7 mm, manufactured by Corning Incorporated), using a spin coater (manufactured by MIKASA CO., LTD), and the film thickness after drying was 0.6 μm. Using a hot plate, prebaking at 100 ° C for 2 minutes, and heating at 200 ° C for 5 minutes to produce a film (film before heat treatment). The obtained film was heated and treated at 260 ° C for 10 minutes using a hot plate (film after heat treatment). The spectral characteristics of the film before and after the heat treatment were measured using a MCPD3000 (manufactured by Otsuka Electronics Co., Ltd.) as a spectrometer, and the heat resistance was evaluated on the following basis. Further, the maximum spectral characteristic change rate is the largest among the spectral characteristic change rates in a certain wavelength region. Rate of change of spectral characteristics = (| (transmittance of film after heat treatment - transmittance of film before heat treatment) | / transmittance of film before heat treatment) × 100 Maximum wavelength in a wavelength range of 4:400 to 700 nm The characteristic change rate is 0.5% or less. In the wavelength range of 3:400 to 700 nm, the maximum spectral characteristic change rate is more than 0.5% and 0.8% or less. In the wavelength range of 2:400 to 700 nm, the maximum spectral characteristic change rate is greater than 0.8% and 1.5%. In the following 1:400 to 700 nm wavelength region, the maximum spectral characteristic change rate is greater than 1.5%

<耐光性> 使用直徑0.3mm的氧化鋯珠,將由表2~5中所記載之組成構成之混合液,在分散進行時的黏度成為最小值的時間內進行分散來製造顏料分散液。 使用旋塗機(MIKASA CO., LTD製造),以乾燥後的膜厚成為0.6μm的方式將所得到之顏料分散液塗佈於玻璃基板(1737玻璃基板、厚度0.7mm、Corning Incorporated製造),並使用加熱板,在100℃下預烘烤2分鐘之後,在200℃下加熱5分鐘來製造膜(光照射處理前之膜)。 將所得到之膜使用氙氣燈並通過紫外線截止濾光片將1萬勒克斯的光照射100小時(光照射處理後之膜)。作為分光計使用MCPD3000(Otsuka Electronics Co.,Ltd.製造)測定光照射處理前後之分光特性,並以如下基準評價耐光性。 另外,最大分光特性變化率係指,在某一波長區域中的分光特性變化率中最大者。 分光特性變化率=(|(光照射處理後之膜的透射率-光照射處理前之膜的透射率)|/光照射處理前之膜的透射率)×100 4:400~700nm波長區域中,最大分光特性變化率為0.5%以下 3:400~700nm波長區域中,最大分光特性變化率為大於0.5%且0.8%以下 2:400~700nm波長區域中,最大分光特性變化率大於為0.8%且1.5%以下 1:400~700nm波長區域中,最大分光特性變化率為大於1.5%<Light resistance> Using a zirconia beads having a diameter of 0.3 mm, the mixed liquid composed of the compositions described in Tables 2 to 5 was dispersed in a time when the viscosity at the time of dispersion was minimized to produce a pigment dispersion liquid. The obtained pigment dispersion liquid was applied onto a glass substrate (1737 glass substrate, thickness: 0.7 mm, manufactured by Corning Incorporated), using a spin coater (manufactured by MIKASA CO., LTD), and the film thickness after drying was 0.6 μm. Using a hot plate, prebaking at 100 ° C for 2 minutes, and heating at 200 ° C for 5 minutes to produce a film (film before light irradiation treatment). The obtained film was irradiated with 10,000 lux of light by a xenon lamp through an ultraviolet cut filter for 100 hours (film after light irradiation treatment). The spectral characteristics before and after the light irradiation treatment were measured using a MCPD3000 (manufactured by Otsuka Electronics Co., Ltd.) as a spectrometer, and the light resistance was evaluated on the following basis. Further, the maximum spectral characteristic change rate is the largest among the spectral characteristic change rates in a certain wavelength region. Rate of change of spectral characteristics = (| (transmittance of film after light irradiation treatment - transmittance of film before light irradiation treatment) | / transmittance of film before light irradiation treatment) × 100 4: 400 to 700 nm in a wavelength region The maximum spectral characteristic change rate is 0.5% or less. In the wavelength range of 3:400 to 700 nm, the maximum spectral characteristic change rate is more than 0.5% and 0.8% or less. In the wavelength range of 2:400 to 700 nm, the maximum spectral characteristic change rate is greater than 0.8%. And the maximum spectral characteristic change rate is greater than 1.5% in the wavelength range of 1:400 to 700 nm below 1.5%.

如上述表所示,實施例中顏料體的分散穩定性優異,而不依存於顏料的種類。又,能夠將分散適宜時間設為較長。並且,能夠形成耐熱性和耐光性優異之膜。 As shown in the above table, the pigment body in the examples was excellent in dispersion stability and did not depend on the kind of the pigment. Further, the dispersion suitable time can be made longer. Further, a film excellent in heat resistance and light resistance can be formed.

另一方面,比較例中,依顏料的種類分散穩定性不同,比較例R1-1、R1-2、R1-4中分散穩定性優異,但在比較例R1-3、比較例R1-5、比較例R1-6中分散穩定性較差,分散開始1小時後即成為凝膠狀,未能評價耐熱性及耐光性。 On the other hand, in the comparative examples, the dispersion stability was different depending on the type of the pigment, and the dispersion stability was excellent in Comparative Examples R1-1, R1-2, and R1-4, but in Comparative Example R1-3 and Comparative Example R1-5, In Comparative Example R1-6, the dispersion stability was poor, and after 1 hour from the start of dispersion, it became a gel, and heat resistance and light resistance were not evaluated.

又,比較例R1-1、R1-2、R1-4中,耐熱性及耐光性的至少一方較差。 Further, in Comparative Examples R1-1, R1-2, and R1-4, at least one of heat resistance and light resistance was inferior.

實施例1-1~1-10的顏料分散液中添加聚合性化合物、光聚合起始劑及鹼可溶性樹脂而得到之著色組成物作為彩色濾光片製造用途為較佳。又,使用實施例1-1~1-10的顏料分散液能夠製備噴墨用油墨組成物及印刷用油墨組成物。 The coloring composition obtained by adding a polymerizable compound, a photopolymerization initiator, and an alkali-soluble resin to the pigment dispersion liquid of Examples 1-1 to 1-10 is preferably used as a color filter. Further, the ink composition for inkjet and the ink composition for printing can be prepared by using the pigment dispersion liquids of Examples 1-1 to 1-10.

<試驗例2> <Test Example 2>

使用直徑0.3mm的氧化鋯珠,將由下述表中所記載之組成構成之混合液,在珠磨機中混合3小時來製造各顏料分散液。表中的數值表示質量份。又,P1~P10及樹脂1~3的數值係以固體成分換算之值。 Each of the pigment dispersion liquids was prepared by mixing a mixture of the compositions described in the following Table using zirconia beads having a diameter of 0.3 mm for 3 hours in a bead mill. The numerical values in the table indicate parts by mass. Further, the values of P1 to P10 and the resins 1 to 3 are values converted in terms of solid content.

【表10】 [Table 10]

表中所示之原料如下。 P1~P10:上述顏料體P1~P10 樹脂1、2:上述樹脂1、2 樹脂3:下述結構(接枝共聚物、重均分子量11400、SP值19.6(J/cm30.5 、丙二醇甲基醚乙酸酯20%溶液) 【化學式25】PGMEA:丙二醇甲基醚乙酸酯(SP值=17.9(J/cm30.5 ) 環己酮(SP值=20.9(J/cm30.5 ) EEP:3-乙氧基丙酸乙酯(SP值=18.2(J/cm30.5The materials shown in the table are as follows. P1 to P10: the above-mentioned pigment bodies P1 to P10 Resin 1, 2: Resin 1, 2 Resin 3: the following structure (graft copolymer, weight average molecular weight 11400, SP value 19.6 (J/cm 3 ) 0.5 , propylene glycol A Ethyl ether acetate 20% solution) [Chemical Formula 25] PGMEA: propylene glycol methyl ether acetate (SP value = 17.9 (J/cm 3 ) 0.5 ) cyclohexanone (SP value = 20.9 (J/cm 3 ) 0.5 ) EEP: 3-ethoxypropionate ethyl ester ( SP value = 18.2 (J/cm 3 ) 0.5 )

以下述表所示之比例混合各顏料分散液,並投入攪拌元件在攪拌器中以60rpm攪拌60分鐘來製造混合液。 Each of the pigment dispersion liquids was mixed at a ratio shown in the following table, and the mixture was stirred in a stirrer at 60 rpm for 60 minutes to prepare a mixed liquid.

關於所得到的混合液,以與實施例1相同之方式評價分散穩定性。 With respect to the obtained mixed liquid, the dispersion stability was evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1.

如上述表所示,實施例中分散穩定性優異。 As shown in the above table, the dispersion stability was excellent in the examples.

<試驗例3>彩色濾光片的製造 <Test Example 3> Manufacturing of color filter

(著色組成物A1的製備) (Preparation of coloring composition A1)

使用攪拌器,將以下所示之成分以每分鐘200rpm攪拌30分鐘來製備著色組成物A1(顏料體濃度為著色組成物的總固體成分的38.58質量%)。該著色組成物A1係不產生異物之良好者。 The coloring composition A1 (the pigment body concentration was 38.58% by mass of the total solid content of the coloring composition) was prepared by stirring the ingredients shown below at 200 rpm for 30 minutes using a stirrer. The coloring composition A1 is not good in foreign matter.

實施例1-1中製造之顏料分散液(固體成分濃度25.0質量%、顏料體濃度12.5質量%):64.9g Pigment dispersion liquid produced in Example 1-1 (solid content concentration: 25.0% by mass, pigment body concentration: 12.5% by mass): 64.9 g

光聚合起始劑(BASF製IRGACURE OXE01):0.49g Photopolymerization initiator (IRGACURE OXE01 by BASF): 0.49g

聚合性化合物1(Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製造KAYARAD DPHA):1.74g Polymerizable Compound 1 (KAYARAD DPHA manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.): 1.74 g

聚合性化合物2(Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製造KAYARAD RP1040):0.68g Polymerizable Compound 2 (KAYARAD RP1040, manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.): 0.68 g

鹼可溶性樹脂(Daicel Corporation.製造CYCLOMER P固 體成分濃度50質量%):3.42g Alkali-soluble resin (made by Daicel Corporation. CYCLOMER P) Body composition concentration 50% by mass): 3.42g

界面活性劑(非離子系界面活性劑PIONIN D-6315(TAKE MOTO OIL&FAT CO.,LTD.):0.18g Surfactant (nonionic surfactant PIONIN D-6315 (TAKE MOTO OIL & FAT CO., LTD.): 0.18g

溶劑(丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯(PGMEA)):28.6g Solvent (propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA)): 28.6g

(著色組成物A2~A10的製備) (Preparation of coloring composition A2~A10)

著色組成物A1的製備中,除了代替在實施例1-1中製造之顏料分散液使用實施例1-2~1-10中製造之顏料分散液以外,藉由與製備著色組成物A1的方法相同的方法製備著色組成物A2~A10。該些著色組成物係不產生異物之良好者。 In the preparation of the coloring composition A1, a method of preparing the coloring composition A1 is used in addition to the pigment dispersion liquids produced in Examples 1-2 to 1-10 instead of the pigment dispersion liquid produced in Example 1-1. The colored compositions A2 to A10 were prepared in the same manner. These colored compositions are not good for foreign matter.

(彩色濾光片的製造) (manufacture of color filters)

在矽基板上塗佈基底塗劑(CT-4000(FUJIFILM Electronic Materials Co.,Ltd.製造),並在220℃下加熱5分鐘來形成厚度0.1μm的透明基底層。 A base coating agent (CT-4000 (manufactured by FUJIFILM Electronic Materials Co., Ltd.) was applied onto the ruthenium substrate, and heated at 220 ° C for 5 minutes to form a transparent underlayer having a thickness of 0.1 μm.

在透明基底層上,使用上述製備之著色組成物A1~A10來形成著色組成物層,並在100℃下預烘烤120秒鐘來形成厚度0.6μm的著色組成物層。利用i線步進機曝光裝置(FPA3000i5+、Canon Inc.製造),並經由Island圖案遮罩,對於著色組成物層照射350mJ/cm2的曝光量。接著,使用直筒形噴嘴向矽基板噴出顯像液C D-2060(FUJIFILM Electronic Materials Co.,Ltd.製造),並進行60秒鐘的旋覆浸沒式顯影。接著,進行沖洗、旋轉乾燥及200℃下、5分鐘的後烘烤處理來形成1.4μm圖案四方的Island圖案。 On the transparent underlayer, the colored composition layers A1 to A10 prepared above were used to form a colored composition layer, and prebaked at 100 ° C for 120 seconds to form a colored composition layer having a thickness of 0.6 μm. The colored composition layer was irradiated with an exposure amount of 350 mJ/cm 2 by an i-line stepper exposure apparatus (FPA3000i5+, manufactured by Canon Inc.) and via an Island pattern mask. Next, a developing solution C D-2060 (manufactured by FUJIFILM Electronic Materials Co., Ltd.) was sprayed onto the ruthenium substrate using a straight nozzle, and a spin-on immersion development was performed for 60 seconds. Next, rinsing, spin drying, and post-baking treatment at 200 ° C for 5 minutes were performed to form an island pattern of 1.4 μm pattern tetragonal.

關於製造之圖案,確認圖案輪廓、顯影殘渣。即使使用任一種著色組成物,圖案亦形成為較清晰,並作為彩色濾光片具有良好的性能。另外,使用測長掃描型電子顯微鏡S9260(Hitachi High-Technologies Corporation.製造)並以20000倍的倍率進行圖案観察。Regarding the pattern to be manufactured, the pattern outline and the development residue were confirmed. Even with any of the coloring compositions, the pattern is formed to be sharper and has good performance as a color filter. In addition, a pattern scanning electron microscope S9260 (manufactured by Hitachi High-Technologies Corporation) was used and pattern inspection was performed at a magnification of 20,000 times.

<試驗例4> 噴墨噴出試驗 利用攪拌機(Silverson公司製造L4R),以2,500旋轉/分鐘將由以下成分構成之混合物攪拌10分鐘。接著,放入珠磨分散機DISPERMAT LS(VMA公司製造),並使用直徑0.65mm的YTZ球(Nikkato Corporation製造),以2,500旋轉/分鐘進行6小時的分散。如此,製備黃色研磨基料YM1。 顏料體P4 29.7份 SOLSPERSE 22000(LUBRIZOL JAPAN LTD.製造)1.6份 DISPERBYK-168(固體成分30%、BYKChemie CO.,LTD.製造)28.0份 SR339A(聚合性化合物、2-苯氧基乙基丙烯酸酯、SARTOMER Company,Inc.製造)39.7份 p-甲氧基苯酚(聚合抑制劑)1.0份<Test Example 4> Inkjet ejection test A mixture of the following components was stirred for 10 minutes at 2,500 rotations/min using a stirrer (L4R manufactured by Silverson Co., Ltd.). Next, a bead mill disperser DISPERMAT LS (manufactured by VMA Corporation) was placed, and YZ balls (manufactured by Nikkato Corporation) having a diameter of 0.65 mm were used, and dispersion was performed at 2,500 rotations/min for 6 hours. Thus, a yellow mill base YM1 was prepared. Pigment body P4 29.7 parts SOLSPERSE 22000 (manufactured by LUBRIZOL JAPAN LTD.) 1.6 parts DISPERBYK-168 (solid content 30%, manufactured by BYK Chemie CO., LTD.) 28.0 parts SR339A (polymerizable compound, 2-phenoxyethyl acrylate) , manufactured by SARTOMER Company, Inc.) 39.7 parts of p-methoxyphenol (polymerization inhibitor) 1.0 part

利用攪拌機(Silverson公司製造L4R),以2,500旋轉/分鐘將以下成分攪拌15分鐘。接著,使用NIHON PALL LTD.、製造的筒式過濾器(產品名:輪廓II AB01A01014J)進行過濾。如此得到黃色油墨組成物Y1。 黃色研磨基料YM1 8份 IRGACURE-184(光聚合起始劑、1-羥基環己基苯基酮、BASF公司製造)3份 IRGACURE-TPO(光聚合起始劑、2,4,6-三甲基苯甲醯基二苯基氧化膦、BASF公司製造)9.5份 CD420(3,3,5-三甲基環己酯、SARTOMER Company,Inc.製造)37.5份 NVC(聚合性化合物、N-乙烯基己內醯胺、BASF公司製造)13.8份 SR395(聚合性化合物、丙烯酸異葵酯、SARTOMER Company,Inc.製造)24.6份 FIRSTCURE ITX(曾敏色素、異丙基硫雜蒽酮、ChemFirst Inc.製造)3.2份 p-甲氧基苯酚(聚合抑制劑)0.4份The following ingredients were stirred for 15 minutes at 2,500 rotations/min using a stirrer (L4R manufactured by Silverson Co., Ltd.). Next, filtration was carried out using a cartridge filter manufactured by NIHON PALL LTD. (product name: profile II AB01A01014J). The yellow ink composition Y1 was thus obtained. Yellow mill base YM1 8 parts IRGACURE-184 (photopolymerization initiator, 1-hydroxycyclohexyl phenyl ketone, manufactured by BASF) 3 parts IRGACURE-TPO (photopolymerization initiator, 2,4,6-trimethyl Benzobenzyldiphenylphosphine oxide, manufactured by BASF Corporation, 9.5 parts CD420 (3,3,5-trimethylcyclohexyl ester, manufactured by SARTOMER Company, Inc.) 37.5 parts of NVC (polymerizable compound, N-ethylene) Base hexamethyleneamine, manufactured by BASF Corporation, 13.8 parts of SR395 (polymerizable compound, isoamyl acrylate, manufactured by SARTOMER Company, Inc.) 24.6 parts FIRSTCURE ITX (Zengmin Pigment, Isopropylthioxanthone, ChemFirst Inc.) Manufactured) 3.2 parts of p-methoxyphenol (polymerization inhibitor) 0.4 parts

將由黃色油墨組成物Y1、品紅色油墨、青色油墨及黑色油墨(品紅色油墨、青色油墨、黑色油墨分別係UVijet KI油墨系列KI867、KI215、KI004(FujiFilm Speciality Ink Sytems公司製造))構成的油墨組1裝填於Fujifilm Corporation 製UV噴墨打印機LuxelJet UV350GTW中,並印刷測試圖像。硬化後得到圖案中無龜裂,滲色等之良好的點圖案。An ink set composed of a yellow ink composition Y1, a magenta ink, a cyan ink, and a black ink (a magenta ink, a cyan ink, and a black ink are respectively UVijet KI ink series KI867, KI215, KI004 (manufactured by Fuji Film Speciality Ink Sytems)) 1 Filled in LuxelJet UV350GTW, a UV inkjet printer manufactured by Fujifilm Corporation, and printed a test image. After hardening, a dot pattern having no cracks, bleeding, or the like in the pattern is obtained.

Claims (19)

一種著色組成物,含有:在有機顏料表面的至少一部分具有金屬氧化物之互不相同2種以上的顏料體;及具有選自酸性基與鹼性基中的至少一種基團之樹脂。 A coloring composition comprising: a pigment body having two or more kinds of metal oxides different from each other on at least a part of the surface of the organic pigment; and a resin having at least one selected from the group consisting of an acidic group and a basic group. 如申請專利範圍第1項所述之著色組成物,其中前述金屬氧化物係選自Si、Al、Zr及In中之一種以上的元素之氧化物。 The colored composition according to claim 1, wherein the metal oxide is an oxide of an element selected from the group consisting of Si, Al, Zr, and In. 如申請專利範圍第1項所述之著色組成物,其中前述金屬氧化物係Si的氧化物。 The colored composition according to claim 1, wherein the metal oxide is an oxide of Si. 如申請專利範圍第1至第3項中任一項所述之著色組成物,其中前述樹脂含有接枝共聚物。 The coloring composition according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the resin contains a graft copolymer. 如申請專利範圍第1至第3項中任一項所述之著色組成物,其中相對於前述有機顏料100質量份,前述顏料體具有1~25質量份的前述金屬氧化物。 The colored composition according to any one of the first to third aspects of the invention, wherein the pigment body has 1 to 25 parts by mass of the metal oxide based on 100 parts by mass of the organic pigment. 如申請專利範圍第1至第3項中任一項所述之著色組成物,含有互不相同2種以上的前述顏料體,互不相同2種以上的前述顏料體含有互相不同之有機顏料。 The coloring composition according to any one of the first to third aspects of the present invention includes two or more kinds of the pigment bodies different from each other, and two or more kinds of the pigment bodies different from each other contain organic pigments different from each other. 如申請專利範圍第1至第3項中任一項所述之著色組成物,含有互不相同2種以上的前述顏料體,各顏料體都含有Si的氧化物。 The colored composition according to any one of the first to third aspects of the present invention includes two or more kinds of the pigment bodies different from each other, and each of the pigment bodies contains an oxide of Si. 如申請專利範圍第1至第3項中任一項所述之著色組成物,其中前述樹脂含有2種以上的酸性樹脂,或含有2種以上的鹼性樹脂。 The colored composition according to any one of the first to third aspects of the present invention, wherein the resin contains two or more kinds of acidic resins or two or more kinds of basic resins. 如申請專利範圍第1至第3項中任一項所述之著色組成物,其中前述樹脂含有2種以上的溶解度參數之差為6(J/cm3)0.5以下之樹脂。 The colored composition according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the resin contains a resin having a difference of two or more solubility parameters of 6 (J/cm 3 ) 0.5 or less. 如申請專利範圍第1至第3項中任一項所述之著色組成物,進一步含有聚合性化合物。 The colored composition according to any one of claims 1 to 3, further comprising a polymerizable compound. 如申請專利範圍第10項所述之著色組成物,進一步含有光聚合起始劑。 The colored composition according to claim 10, further comprising a photopolymerization initiator. 如申請專利範圍第1至第3項中任一項所述之著色組成物,進一步含有溶劑。 The colored composition according to any one of claims 1 to 3, further comprising a solvent. 如申請專利範圍第1至第3項中任一項所述之著色組成物,互不相同2種以上的前述顏料體含有互相不同之有機顏料,互不相同2種以上的前述顏料體在前述有機顏料表面的至少一部分具有的前述金屬氧化物,各金屬氧化物都含有Si的氧化物。 The coloring composition according to any one of the first to third aspects of the invention, wherein the two or more kinds of the pigment bodies are different from each other, and the two or more kinds of the pigment bodies are different from each other. At least a part of the surface of the organic pigment has the aforementioned metal oxide, and each of the metal oxides contains an oxide of Si. 如申請專利範圍第1至第3項中任一項所述之著色組成物,用於彩色濾光片。 The colored composition according to any one of claims 1 to 3, which is used for a color filter. 一種著色組成物的製造方法,其包括在樹脂的存在下,分散互不相同2種以上的顏料體之步驟,前述樹脂具有選自酸 性基與鹼性基中的至少一種基團,該顏料體的有機顏料表面的至少一部分被覆有金屬氧化物。 A method for producing a colored composition comprising the steps of dispersing two or more pigment bodies different from each other in the presence of a resin, wherein the resin has an acid selected from the group consisting of At least one of the group of the base and the basic group, at least a portion of the surface of the organic pigment of the pigment body is coated with a metal oxide. 如申請專利範圍第15項所述之著色組成物的製造方法,互不相同2種以上的前述顏料體含有互相不同之有機顏料,互不相同2種以上的前述顏料體在前述有機顏料表面的至少一部分具有的前述金屬氧化物,各金屬氧化物都含有Si的氧化物。 In the method for producing a colored composition according to claim 15, the two or more kinds of the pigment bodies are different from each other, and the two or more kinds of the pigment bodies are different from each other on the surface of the organic pigment. At least a part of the aforementioned metal oxides each contain an oxide of Si. 一種彩色濾光片,使用第1項至第14項中任一項所述之著色組成物。 A color filter using the coloring composition according to any one of items 1 to 14. 一種噴墨用油墨組成物,使用第1項至第14項中任一項所述之著色組成物。 A coloring composition according to any one of items 1 to 14, wherein the coloring composition according to any one of the items 1 to 14. 一種印刷用油墨組成物,使用第1項至第14項中任一項所述之著色組成物。 A printing ink composition using the coloring composition according to any one of items 1 to 14.
TW105104674A 2015-03-10 2016-02-18 Coloring composition, method for producing colored composition, color filter, ink composition for inkjet, and ink composition for printing TWI672341B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2015047130 2015-03-10
JP2015-047130 2015-03-10
JP2016-019131 2016-02-03
JP2016019131 2016-02-03

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW201634596A TW201634596A (en) 2016-10-01
TWI672341B true TWI672341B (en) 2019-09-21

Family

ID=56879390

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW105104674A TWI672341B (en) 2015-03-10 2016-02-18 Coloring composition, method for producing colored composition, color filter, ink composition for inkjet, and ink composition for printing

Country Status (3)

Country Link
JP (1) JP6435039B2 (en)
TW (1) TWI672341B (en)
WO (1) WO2016143437A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP3524645A4 (en) * 2016-10-07 2020-07-01 M. Technique Co., Ltd. Production method for organic pigment composition, coating film production method, and method for evaluating brightness of coating film
KR102241229B1 (en) 2017-03-24 2021-04-16 후지필름 가부시키가이샤 Photosensitive coloring composition, cured film, color filter, solid-state image sensor, and image display device
JP7047108B2 (en) * 2018-09-07 2022-04-04 富士フイルム株式会社 Ink composition for printing non-permeable substrate and image recording method
JP2021120443A (en) * 2020-01-31 2021-08-19 キヤノン株式会社 Coated pigment particle, method for manufacturing the same, and ink

Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US4808230A (en) * 1987-06-16 1989-02-28 Ciba-Geigy Corporation Organic pigments coated with metal oxides fixed with ethyl cellulose
JPH11310714A (en) * 1998-04-28 1999-11-09 Hitachi Chem Co Ltd Red resin composition, photosensitive red resin composition, photosensitive fluid for formation of red image, production of colored image, and production of color filter
US6143402A (en) * 1997-08-16 2000-11-07 Basf Aktiengesellschaft Pigment preparations in pellet form based on organic pigments coated with resin mixtures
JP2006083303A (en) * 2004-09-16 2006-03-30 Fuji Xerox Co Ltd Ink set for inkjet, inkjet recording apparatus and inkjet recording method
JP2010018663A (en) * 2008-07-09 2010-01-28 Canon Finetech Inc Pigment dispersion, ink for inkjet recording, method for inkjet recording, ink cartridge, and inkjet recording apparatus
JP2010084066A (en) * 2008-10-01 2010-04-15 Canon Inc Ink for inkjet recording

Family Cites Families (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US4880472A (en) * 1987-06-16 1989-11-14 Ciba-Geigy Corporation Organic pigments coated with metal oxides
JPS63113080A (en) * 1986-06-20 1988-05-18 Mitsubishi Metal Corp Production of coated pigment
JPH06104784B2 (en) * 1986-11-11 1994-12-21 三菱マテリアル株式会社 Coated organic pigment and method for producing the same
JP2003286416A (en) * 2002-03-28 2003-10-10 Toyota Motor Corp Organic coloring agent and colored coating film for glass
JP5850740B2 (en) * 2011-12-27 2016-02-03 日揮触媒化成株式会社 Method for producing metal oxide particles

Patent Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US4808230A (en) * 1987-06-16 1989-02-28 Ciba-Geigy Corporation Organic pigments coated with metal oxides fixed with ethyl cellulose
US6143402A (en) * 1997-08-16 2000-11-07 Basf Aktiengesellschaft Pigment preparations in pellet form based on organic pigments coated with resin mixtures
JPH11310714A (en) * 1998-04-28 1999-11-09 Hitachi Chem Co Ltd Red resin composition, photosensitive red resin composition, photosensitive fluid for formation of red image, production of colored image, and production of color filter
JP2006083303A (en) * 2004-09-16 2006-03-30 Fuji Xerox Co Ltd Ink set for inkjet, inkjet recording apparatus and inkjet recording method
JP2010018663A (en) * 2008-07-09 2010-01-28 Canon Finetech Inc Pigment dispersion, ink for inkjet recording, method for inkjet recording, ink cartridge, and inkjet recording apparatus
JP2010084066A (en) * 2008-10-01 2010-04-15 Canon Inc Ink for inkjet recording

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP6435039B2 (en) 2018-12-05
TW201634596A (en) 2016-10-01
WO2016143437A1 (en) 2016-09-15
JPWO2016143437A1 (en) 2018-01-18

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
KR101891094B1 (en) Coloring composition, and cured film, color filter, pattern-forming method, method for producing color filter, solid state imaging element, image display device and dye polymer using coloring composition
TWI712655B (en) Colored composition, color filter, pattern forming method, method for manufacturing color filter, solid-state imaging device, and image display device
TWI699618B (en) Method for manufacturing colored layer, color filter, light-shielding film, solid state imaging device, and image display device
KR101898020B1 (en) Red coloring composition for use in color filter, colored film, color filter, and solid-state imaging element
KR101733965B1 (en) Colored radiation-sensitive composition, colored cured film, color filter, color pattern formation method, method for producing color filter, solid-state imaging element, and liquid crystal display device
KR101892548B1 (en) Coloring composition, cured film using same, color filter, pattern formation method, method for manufacturing color filter, solid-state imaging element, and image display device
TW201635026A (en) Coloring photosensitive composition, cured film, pattern forming method, infrared blocking filter with light shielding film, solid-state imaging element, image display device and infrared sensor
JP6170515B2 (en) Green colored composition for color filter, colored film, color filter, solid-state imaging device
KR101796949B1 (en) Red-photosensitive resin composition, cured film, color filter, production method for color filter, solid state imaging element, and image display device
TWI672343B (en) Coloring composition, method for producing colored composition, color filter, pattern forming method, method for producing color filter, solid-state image sensor, and image display device
TWI636099B (en) Colored curable composition, method for manufacturing colored curable composition, cured film, color filter, method for manufacturing color filter, solid-state image sensing device, and image display device
JP2012046712A (en) Colored curable composition, color filter, method of manufacturing the same, solid imaging element equipped with color filter, and liquid crystal display device
KR20160099656A (en) Coloring composition, cured film using same, color filter, pattern forming method, method for producing color filter, solid-state imaging element and image display device
TW201623461A (en) Colored curable composition, color filter, pattern formation method, method for producing color filter, solid-state imaging device, and image display device
TWI672341B (en) Coloring composition, method for producing colored composition, color filter, ink composition for inkjet, and ink composition for printing
TW201624115A (en) Colored curable composition, color filter, pattern forming method, method for producing color filter, solid-state imaging element and image display device
JP5932745B2 (en) Pigment, pigment dispersion using the same, coloring composition, and color filter
TW201529756A (en) Colored composition, method for forming pattern, method for manufacturing color filter, colored filter, solid-state imaging device, image display device, and method for manufacturing colored composition